UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
x
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2008
OR
¨
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 0-25283
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
33-0717312
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
Incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
6 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 400, Santa Ana, California
www.cci.edu
(Address of principal
executive offices)
92707
(Zip Code)
(714) 427-3000
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to
Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
|
|
Nasdaq National Stock Market
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes
x
No
¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes
¨
No
x
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
x
No
¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of the registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See
definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer
x
Accelerated filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
¨
Smaller reporting company
¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act). Yes
¨
No
x
As of December 31, 2007, the aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1.31 billion, based upon the closing sales price of the
Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq National Stock Market on such date. For this computation, the Company has excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially owned by all executive officers and directors of the Company and their associates
as a group. This determination of affiliate status for purposes of this computation is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of August 21, 2008, the number of outstanding shares of voting and non-voting common equity
of the registrant was approximately 85,395,071.
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC.
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2008
i
INTRODUCTION AND NOTE ON FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Corinthian Colleges, Inc. (hereinafter the Company or Corinthian) is a Delaware corporation; its principal executive offices are
located at 6 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 400, Santa Ana, California 92707.
You should keep in mind the following points as you read this
Report on Form 10-K:
|
|
|
the terms we, us, our or the Company refer to Corinthian Colleges, Inc. and its subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
the terms school, college, campus, or university refer to a single location of any school;
|
|
|
|
the term institution means a main campus and its additional locations, as such are defined under the regulations of the U.S. Department of Education,
which we sometimes refer to herein as the ED; and
|
|
|
|
our fiscal year ends on June 30; references to fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 and similar constructions refer to the fiscal year ended on
June 30 of the applicable year.
|
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements which, to the extent they do
not recite historical fact, constitute forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward looking
statements are used under the captions Business, Governmental Regulations and Financial Aid, Risk Factors, Legal Proceedings, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You can identify these statements by the use of words like may, will, could, should, project,
believe, anticipate, expect, plan, estimate, forecast, potential, intend, continue, and variations of these words or comparable words.
Forward looking statements do not guarantee future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ substantially from the results that the forward looking statements suggest for various reasons, including those discussed
under the caption Risk Factors. These forward looking statements are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not undertake to update or revise the forward looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company decided to divest the Wyo-Tech Oakland CA campus. The Company will continue to operate and invest
in the campus until it is sold. The campus is available for immediate sale in its present condition, and we expect to complete the sale in fiscal 2009. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company completed the teach-out of its
campuses in Lynnwood WA and Atlanta GA, and one of its two campuses in Everett, WA. We expect to have no significant continuing involvement with the entities after they have been sold or closed.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company decided to divest all of its CDI campuses outside of the province of Ontario, Canada, as well as
the WyoTech Boston MA campus. The Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell its Canadian schools located outside the Province of Ontario and closed the transaction on February 29, 2008. The Company also entered into an asset
purchase agreement to sell its WyoTech Boston campus and closed the transaction on May 1, 2008. We have no significant continuing involvement with these entities.
The information contained throughout this document is presented on a continuing operations basis, unless otherwise stated.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Companys
definitive Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after June 30, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
1
PART I
Overview
Our Company is one of the largest for-profit post-secondary education companies in the United States and Canada, serving the large and growing segment of
the population seeking to acquire career-oriented education. As of June 30, 2008, we had a student enrollment of 69,200, and operated 89 schools in 24 states, and 17 schools in the province of Ontario, Canada. We offer a variety of diploma programs
and associates, bachelors and masters degrees through a single operating segment (refer to Note 1 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for more information). Our training program areas include healthcare, criminal
justice, mechanical, trades, business and information technology.
Historically, we have grown our business through acquisitions as well as
through organic growth. Organic growth consists of opening new branch campuses, remodeling, expanding or relocating existing campuses and adopting curricula into existing colleges. Since the Companys formation in 1995, we have acquired 74
colleges (net of closures, discontinued operations, and consolidations) and we have opened 32 branch campuses.
Operating Strategy
Key elements of our operating strategy include the following:
Emphasize Student Outcomes
. We believe that positive student outcomes are a critical component of our long-term success. Accordingly, we devote substantial resources to maintaining and improving our retention
and placement rates. Modest increases in student retention can have a significant impact on our profitability, and high graduation and placement rates enhance a schools reputation and the marketability of its programs. We have implemented a
variety of student service programs, including orientation and tutoring, academic advising, ride-sharing and referral programs, all of which are designed to help students complete their programs, graduate and achieve their career goals. We use a
curriculum development team comprised of campus representatives, corporate program directors and textbook publishers. For each program area, each campus also uses advisory boards comprised of local business professionals, to help ensure that our
curricula meet employer requirements. We also maintain full-time career services personnel at our schools who are responsible for helping our students obtain employment. Career services identifies prospective employers, helps students prepare
resumes, conducts practice interviews, establishes externship programs and tracks students placement success on a monthly basis.
Create an Effective Learning Environment.
We view our students as customers and seek to provide a supportive learning environment where student satisfaction and success are achieved. We offer a flexible schedule of classes, providing
our students with the opportunity to attend classes throughout the day, as well as nights and weekends. Schools operate year-round, permitting students to complete their course of study quickly. We maintain reasonable class sizes and offer support
programs such as on-campus advising and tutoring. We also maintain a toll-free student hotline to address and help resolve student concerns.
Focus on Attractive Markets.
We design our educational programs to benefit from favorable demographic and labor market trends. Our schools offer programs in industries which are growing and offer ample career opportunities, including
healthcare, criminal justice, mechanical, construction trades, business and information technology. Our geographic strategy is to build a strong competitive position in attractive and growing markets where we can operate efficiently and benefit from
favorable demographic trends.
Standardize Key Business Processes.
To help ensure operational efficiency and a consistent student
experience across our system of campuses, we are currently standardizing key business processes. Thus far, we have implemented a standard admissions and student finance process and we are in the process of implementing a new student information
system.
Centralize Key Functions.
In order to capitalize on the experience of our senior management team and to encourage best
practices, we have established a divisional management organization consisting of local school administrators, regional vice presidents of operations and admissions, and division presidents and general managers. Local and divisional operations are
supported by centralized functions supervised by senior management at our campus support center.
Local school administrators retain
control of the day-to-day operations of their individual schools. Local school administrators are assisted by and receive oversight from regional vice presidents and division presidents and general managers and their respective support teams. The
campus support center management team controls key operational functions such as accounting, information technology, student financial services management, marketing, curriculum development, staff training, the call center, legal, treasury, internal
audit, human resources, payroll, purchasing, real estate, and accreditation and licensing which we believe enables us to achieve significant operating efficiencies.
2
Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy consists of the following components:
Enhance Growth at Existing Campuses
Integrated and Centralized Marketing Program.
We employ an integrated marketing program which includes an extensive direct
response advertising campaign delivered through television, the Internet, newspaper, and direct mail. A professional staff at our campus support center manages the overall marketing program. The effectiveness of our marketing campaigns depends on
timely and accurate lead tracking. To that end, we operate a call center for our U.S. campuses at our main office in California, as well as an outsourced overflow call center, and we have an outsourced call center in Canada for our Canadian
operations.
Maximizing Core Programs.
Our program strategy leverages our core curricula in such disciplines as healthcare,
mechanics, trades, criminal justice and business. To maximize the adoption of core programs across our network of schools, we have developed detailed, campus-based plans that take into account each schools program mix, facility capacity, and
current and projected employer needs. In fiscal 2008, we implemented [80] such core programs in our schools. In addition we are expanding our new program development capabilities, which we believe will provide another significant source of growth
over time.
Facilities Enhancement and Expansion.
We believe that modern and attractive facilities enhance the overall student
learning experience. We remodel, expand and relocate our existing colleges to ensure we have sufficient capacity to meet our expected enrollment demand, as well as to improve the location and appearance of our facilities. We expect to continue to
systematically remodel and relocate selected schools within their respective markets. Since 2003, we have relocated 34 colleges and completed 117 remodeling or enlargement projects of our campuses. During fiscal 2008, we remodeled, relocated, or
expanded 12 colleges. As of June 30, 2008, the total occupied square footage of all of our properties was approximately 4.5 million square feet.
Expand Online Education
Online education, or education delivered via the Internet, has become an increasingly
important component of the higher education market. We offer online learning to two categories of students: those attending online classes exclusively, and those attending a blend of traditional classroom and online courses. The majority of our
students participating in online learning are now registered in exclusively online programs.
We began enrolling exclusively online
students through our Florida-based Everest University schools in fiscal 2002. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we started to offer exclusively online degrees through our regionally-accredited Everest College in Phoenix, Arizona. Online degree
programs are offered in business, criminal justice, accounting, higher education management, criminal investigations, applied management, homeland security, computer information science, and medical insurance billing and coding. In total, 18
accredited degrees are available exclusively online at the masters, bachelors, and associates levels.
During fiscal 2008
we experienced a significant increase in the number of students taking our online courses. Our online learning participation increased by approximately 35% to 145,085 course registrations in fiscal 2008. As of June 30, 2008, we offered 307 online
courses through 33 campuses serving approximately 10,546 exclusively online students.
Make Strategic Acquisitions
Since our founding in 1995, acquisitions have been an important part of our growth strategy. Of the 106 campuses operated as of
June 30, 2008, 74 colleges have been acquired (net of closures, consolidations, or locations sold). All of our acquisitions occurred prior to 2005. To evaluate acquisition opportunities, we have established several criteria, such as demographics,
curricula, geography and selected financial measurements.
In addition to acquisition-related activity, in fiscal 2008 we developed an
in-house capability to pursue other business development opportunities. In particular, we are focused on developing federal sources of revenue outside of Title IV. Such sources include programs sponsored by the Department of Defense and the
Department of Labor.
Establish Additional Locations
Since our initial public offering in February 1999, we have opened 36 branch campuses, of which 32 remain a part of our operations. Of the 36 branch
campuses, 2 were opened in each of fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000, 4 were opened in each of fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002, 6 were opened in fiscal 2003, 10 were opened in fiscal 2004, 5 were opened in fiscal year 2005 and 3 were opened in fiscal 2006. A
key advantage of this strategy is that students attending new campuses branched from existing campuses have immediate access to federally funded student financial aid. We believe that opening new branch campuses allows us to enter new geographic
markets, create additional capacity in existing markets and effectively leverage our infrastructure and our extensive investment in curricula.
3
Programs of Study
Our diploma programs are intended to provide students with the requisite knowledge and job skills for entry-level positions in their chosen career. Our degree programs are primarily designed for career-oriented adults
and to assist them in enhancing their functional and professional skills. Our curriculum development team is responsible for maintaining high quality, market driven curricula. Our colleges also utilize advisory boards to help evaluate and improve
the curriculum for each program offered. These advisory boards are required to meet at least twice a year and are comprised of local industry and business professionals. Advisory board members provide valuable insight regarding changes in programs
and suggest new technologies and other factors that may enhance curriculum.
Our diploma curricula includes the following key programs:
medical assisting, medical insurance billing and coding, massage therapy, dental assisting, pharmacy technician, medical administrative assisting, automotive and diesel technology, HVAC, surgical technology, plumbing, electrical, nursing, aircraft
frame and power plant maintenance technology, electronics and computer technology. Our degree curriculum includes business administration, criminal justice, medical assisting, accounting, paralegal, marketing, computer information technology, legal
assisting, hospitality management, court reporting, film and video. At our Everest Florida campuses, most associates degree programs also articulate into a bachelors degree in the same course of study. Masters degrees are also
offered at Everest Florida in business administration and criminal justice.
Diploma programs generally have a duration of 6-24 months,
depending on the course of study. Associates degree programs have a duration of 18-24 months, bachelors degree programs have a duration of 36-48 months and masters degree programs have a duration of 21 months. As of June 30, 2008,
we had approximately 61% of students enrolled in diploma programs, approximately 33% of students enrolled in associates programs, approximately 5% of students enrolled in bachelors programs and approximately 1% of students enrolled in
masters programs.
The following table reflects our schools, locations, date
acquired or opened, principal curricula, institutional accrediting agency, and square footage as of June 30, 2008. In the table below, programs offered are designated as follows: healthcare (HC), business (B), information technology and
electronics (IT), criminal justice (CJ), automotive and diesel technology (AT) and other miscellaneous programs (OTH)
(1)
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Schools and Colleges
|
|
Date
Acquired/Opened
|
|
Principal Curricula
|
|
Accrediting
Agency
|
|
Square
Footage
|
Everest College, Alhambra, CA
|
|
1/1/1996
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ACCSCT(5)
|
|
42,200
|
Everest College, Anaheim, CA
|
|
7/1/1995
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
31,900
|
Everest College, Arlington (Mid Cities), TX
|
|
6/9/2003
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
22,200
|
Everest College, Arlington, VA
|
|
1/2/2002
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
23,500
|
Everest College, Aurora, CO
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
33,000
|
Everest College, Bremerton, WA
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
18,900
|
Everest College, Burr Ridge, IL
|
|
7/2/2002
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
29,500
|
Everest College, Chesapeake, VA
|
|
3/1/1999
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ACICS
|
|
26,900
|
Everest College, Chicago, IL
|
|
6/26/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
47,300
|
Everest College, City of Industry, CA
|
|
10/1/2000
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
39,300
|
Everest College, Colorado Springs, CO
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
30,500
|
Everest College, Dallas, TX
|
|
2/3/2003
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
45,800
|
Everest College, Everett, WA
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACICS(4)
|
|
24,200
|
Everest College, Fife, WA
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCET(3)
|
|
17,500
|
Everest College, Fort Worth, TX
|
|
8/24/2004
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
32,800
|
Everest College, Gardena, CA
|
|
1/1/1996
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
22,100
|
Everest College, Hayward, CA
|
|
9/1/2001
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
21,200
|
Everest College, Los Angeles, CA
|
|
1/1/1996
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
22,500
|
Everest College, McLean, VA
|
|
6/2/2004
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
28,600
|
Everest College, Merrillville, IN
|
|
2/1/2001
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ABHES
|
|
34,500
|
Everest College, Merrionette Park, IL
|
|
10/19/2005
|
|
HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
33,800
|
Everest College, Mesa, AZ
|
|
11/15/2005
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
NCA(6)
|
|
21,400
|
Everest College, Newport News, VA
|
|
10/1/1995
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
16,200
|
Everest College, North Aurora, IL
|
|
2/1/2005
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
38,500
|
Everest College, Ontario Metro, CA
|
|
1/1/2001
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
40,800
|
Everest College, Ontario, CA
|
|
10/1/2000
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
34,000
|
Everest College, Phoenix, AZ
|
|
6/1/2000
|
|
B, CJ, HC
|
|
NCA
|
|
35,700
|
Everest College, Portland, OR
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
35,400
|
Everest College, Renton, WA
|
|
7/1/1996
|
|
HC, OTH
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
41,700
|
Everest College, Reseda, CA
|
|
7/1/1995
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
26,600
|
Everest College, Salt Lake City, UT
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
40,100
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Schools and Colleges
|
|
Date
Acquired/Opened
|
|
Principal Curricula
|
|
Accrediting
Agency
|
|
Square
Footage
|
Everest College, San Bernardino, CA
|
|
7/1/1995
|
|
HC, B, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
35,900
|
Everest College, San Francisco, CA
|
|
10/1/1995
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
30,600
|
Everest College, San Jose, CA
|
|
10/1/1995
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
18,300
|
Everest College, Seattle, WA
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCET
|
|
27,000
|
Everest College, Skokie, IL
|
|
5/1/2001
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
36,000
|
Everest College, Springfield, MO
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
28,700
|
Everest College, St. Louis, MO
|
|
3/31/2005
|
|
HC, B, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
30,000
|
Everest College, Tacoma, WA
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
30,700
|
Everest College, Thornton, CO (2)
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
25,900
|
Everest College, Torrance, CA
|
|
1/1/2000
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
7,300
|
Everest College, Vancouver, WA
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCET
|
|
17,900
|
Everest College, Vancouver, WA
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
23,000
|
Everest College, West Los Angeles, CA
|
|
10/1/2000
|
|
HC, CJ
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
31,300
|
Everest Institute, Austin, TX
|
|
10/2/2002
|
|
HC, OTH
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
51,900
|
Everest Institute, Brighton, MA
|
|
1/1/1996
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
26,000
|
Everest Institute, Chelsea, MA
|
|
3/30/2004
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
30,500
|
Everest Institute, Columbus, OH
|
|
9/7/2004
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
28,300
|
Everest Institute, Cross Lanes, WV
|
|
7/1/1995
|
|
HC, IT
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
26,700
|
Everest Institute, Dearborn, MI
|
|
3/1/2001
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
38,400
|
Everest Institute, Dekalb, GA
|
|
5/1/2000
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
27,200
|
Everest Institute, Detroit, MI
|
|
12/23/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
23,600
|
Everest Institute, Eagan, MN
|
|
6/17/2004
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
23,700
|
Everest Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, FL
|
|
9/30/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ABHES
|
|
30,700
|
Everest Institute, Grand Rapids, MI
|
|
2/2/2001
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ABHES
|
|
34,700
|
Everest Institute, Hialeah, FL
|
|
4/1/2002
|
|
HC, CJ, IT
|
|
ABHES(7)
|
|
40,000
|
Everest Institute, Houston (Bissonet), TX
|
|
6/30/2004
|
|
HC, IT, OTH
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
60,500
|
Everest Institute, Houston (Greenspoint), TX
|
|
1/1/2000
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
27,600
|
Everest Institute, Houston (Hobby), TX
|
|
12/1/2001
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
26,300
|
Everest Institute, Jonesboro, GA
|
|
4/1/2000
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
35,600
|
Everest Institute, Kalamazoo, MI
|
|
2/1/2001
|
|
HC, B
|
|
ABHES
|
|
28,400
|
Everest Institute, Kendall, FL
|
|
4/1/2002
|
|
HC, CJ, B
|
|
ABHES
|
|
29,300
|
Everest Institute, Marietta, GA
|
|
4/1/2000
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
24,700
|
Everest Institute, Miami, FL
|
|
4/1/2002
|
|
HC, CJ, B
|
|
ABHES
|
|
43,500
|
Everest Institute, Norcross, GA
|
|
3/31/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
19,300
|
Everest Institute, Pittsburgh, PA
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
39,000
|
Everest Institute, Rochester, NY
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
B, IT, CJ, HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
43,600
|
Everest Institute, San Antonio, TX
|
|
7/1/1995
|
|
HC, OTH, IT
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
60,200
|
Everest Institute, Silver Spring, MD
|
|
2/8/2005
|
|
HC
|
|
ACICS
|
|
30,700
|
Everest Institute, South Plainfield, NJ
|
|
12/13/2005
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
35,000
|
Everest Institute, Southfield, MI
|
|
1/1/1996
|
|
HC, IT
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
41,600
|
Everest Institute, Tigard, OR
|
|
8/4/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
ACCET
|
|
20,600
|
Everest University, Brandon, FL
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
49,300
|
Everest University, Jacksonville, FL
|
|
7/1/2000
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
37,200
|
Everest University, Lakeland, FL
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
30,400
|
Everest University, Largo, FL
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
40,000
|
Everest University, Melbourne, FL (2)
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
30,100
|
Everest University, Orange Park-Jacksonville, FL
|
|
3/3/2004
|
|
HC, B, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
43,000
|
Everest University, Orlando (North), FL
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
46,000
|
Everest University, Orlando (South), FL
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
59,900
|
Everest University, Pompano Beach, FL
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
53,100
|
Everest University, Tampa, FL (2)
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
ACICS
|
|
39,400
|
Las Vegas College, Henderson, NV
|
|
10/1/1996
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
ACICS
|
|
31,500
|
WyoTech, Blairsville, PA (2)
|
|
7/1/2002
|
|
AT
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
261,200
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Schools and Colleges
|
|
Date
Acquired/Opened
|
|
Principal Curricula
|
|
Accrediting
Agency
|
|
Square
Footage
|
WyoTech, Daytona Beach, FL
|
|
8/4/2004
|
|
OTH
|
|
ACCET
|
|
92,400
|
WyoTech, Fremont, CA
|
|
8/7/2003
|
|
AT, OTH
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
124,900
|
WyoTech, Laramie, WY
|
|
7/1/2002
|
|
AT
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
419,800
|
WyoTech, Long Beach, CA
|
|
10/1/2000
|
|
AT, HC, IT, OTH
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
92,400
|
WyoTech, Sacramento, CA
|
|
1/27/2004
|
|
AT
|
|
ACCSCT
|
|
248,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Campus Support Center Offices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Santa Ana, CA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129,000
|
Gulfport, MS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,800
|
Tampa (Online), FL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,100
|
Tampa (Regional), FL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,300
|
Tempe (Online), AZ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,300
|
Washington, DC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Square Footage for U.S. Properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,193,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Schools and Colleges
|
|
Opened/Acquired
|
|
Principal
Curricula
|
|
Square
Footage
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Barrie, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, CJ, IT
|
|
14,200
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Brampton, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, CJ, IT
|
|
15,500
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, College Park, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC
|
|
29,000
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Hamilton (Mountain), Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, CJ, IT
|
|
18,500
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Hamilton (City Center), Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
B, HC, IT, CJ
|
|
7,800
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Kitchener, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
B, HC, CJ, IT
|
|
12,600
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, London, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, IT, B, CJ
|
|
12,200
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Mississauga, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
30,400
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Newmarket, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, CJ, IT
|
|
14,100
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, North York Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, CJ
|
|
17,900
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Ottawa (West-Nepean), Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
17,400
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Ottawa (East), Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
32,700
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Scarborough, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
17,500
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Sudbury, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
B, HC, CJ, IT
|
|
15,200
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Toronto (Central), Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
B, HC, IT, CJ, OTH
|
|
25,100
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Thunder Bay, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, IT, CJ
|
|
10,800
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care, Windsor, Ontario
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
HC, B, CJ, IT
|
|
12,400
|
Everest College of Business, Technology and Health Care Campus Support Center
|
|
08/19/2003
|
|
|
|
9,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Square Footage for Canadian Properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
312,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Schools and Colleges
|
|
Opened/Acquired
|
|
Principal
Curricula
|
|
Square
Footage
|
Total Square Footage for All Properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,506,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
OTH means Other and includes programs such as, travel and hospitality, video/film production, plumbing, electrical, HVAC, and other trades as well as other miscellaneous
programs.
|
(2)
|
Indicates owned properties.
|
(3)
|
Accrediting Council for Continuing Education and Training
|
(4)
|
Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools
|
(5)
|
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges of Technology
|
(6)
|
North Central Association Higher Learning Commission
|
(7)
|
Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Sciences
|
Marketing and
Recruitment
We employ a variety of methods to attract applicants who will benefit from our programs and achieve success in their chosen
careers. The methods include a variety of direct response marketing techniques to generate leads of potential applicants for our schools. Our marketing department generated approximately 2.2 million leads in the United States and Canada in
fiscal 2008, primarily through television, internet, direct mail, newspaper, and yellow pages. The effectiveness of these marketing campaigns is dependent upon timely and accurate lead tracking. To that end, we operate a call center for our U.S.
campuses at our main office in California, as well as an outsourced overflow call center, and we have an outsourced call center in Canada for our Canadian operations.
The call centers are staffed by a team of operators who receive incoming calls from prospective students attracted to our programs. These trained operators enter relevant data on each prospect into our management
information system during the call and then transfer the prospective student to the appropriate school.
Our marketing agencies have access
to our management information database and are provided with real time information on the effectiveness of individual campaigns. This allows them to identify leads generated by specific commercials and spot times. The agencies consult with our
marketing department to adjust schedules for advertisements depending on our needs and the effectiveness of the particular advertisements. Since approximately 51% of our marketing budget is spent on television and newspaper advertisements, the
availability of timely and accurate lead information is critical to the leads generation process. For the year ended June 30, 2008, approximately 26% of our new student enrollments were generated through television, newspaper and yellow pages
marketing, 33% were generated from the Internet, 27% were generated through referrals, 4% were generated through direct mail, and 10% were generated through a variety of other methods.
National Branding
Over the last two fiscal years we have consolidated multiple brand names to
increase our companys overall visibility and gain the marketing efficiencies associated with national advertising. As of June 30, 2008 all of our schools except for one operated under one of two national brands, Everest or WyoTech. The Everest
brand was recently developed by the Company, and WyoTech is a well-established brand in automotive training. As of June 30, 2008, 99 out of 106 schools were operating under the new Everest brand, and 6 schools were operating under the WyoTech
brand. As a result of brand consolidation, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 we recognized an impairment charge of $4.5 million for trade names that will no longer be in use.
Admissions
As of June 30, 2008, we employed approximately 1,400 admissions representatives who
work directly with prospective students to facilitate the admissions process. These representatives interview and advise students interested in specific careers and are a key component of our effort to generate interest in our educational services.
We conduct quarterly student satisfaction surveys at our campuses in the United States in which students have consistently given high marks to our admissions personnel for helpfulness, courtesy and accuracy of information. Because our success is
highly dependent on the efficiency and effectiveness of our admissions process, we invest considerable resources to train our admissions representatives in product knowledge, regulatory compliance, and customer service. We also employ various
admissions supervisory and monitoring programs, and conduct student surveys which help us ensure compliance with both government regulations and our corporate policies.
One of our objectives in the admissions process is to identify students who have the ability to succeed in our schools. The majority of prospective students must pass a standardized admissions test. Most of our
colleges in the United States accept non-high school graduates who can demonstrate an ability to benefit (ATB students) from the program by passing certain tests which are required by the ED. We believe that ATB students can successfully
complete many of our diploma programs and our colleges have demonstrated success in graduating and placing these students over the years. As of June 30, 2008, ATB students accounted for approximately 21.5% of total enrollments in our U.S.
schools.
7
Placement
Graduate placement outcomes are critical to our colleges reputations and their ability to continue to successfully recruit new students. We maintain a career services department at each college and, as of June 30, 2008, employed
approximately 390 individuals in this capacity. We require our career services personnel to work with students from the time they begin their courses of study until they are successfully placed in jobs for which they are trained. Our career services
departments assist students with resumes, help them develop a professional demeanor, conduct practice interview sessions, and identify prospective employers for the colleges graduates. Overall, we believe the efforts we devote to place our
graduates have achieved excellent results.
Our colleges endeavor to obtain information regarding their students employment following
graduation. The reliability of that information depends, to a large extent, on the completeness and accuracy of the data provided to our colleges by graduates and their employers. Additionally, a dedicated team at the campus support center conducts
a verification process to check the accuracy of the placement information gathered by our campuses. Based on information received from these groups of people, we believe that approximately 83.7% of our graduates in calendar year 2007 who were
available for placement have been placed in a job for which they were trained as calculated based on accrediting agency standards. The various accrediting agencies evaluate placement rates by individual institution and program, and have different
requirements regarding which students are considered available for placement. In defining the graduate cohort group for the purpose of calculating placement rates, certain accrediting agencies may exclude, for example, graduates who are
continuing their education, are in active military service or are deceased or disabled, and foreign students who are ineligible to work in the U.S. after graduation. Where applicable, we have also excluded those graduates in our calculation of
students available for placement and the graduate placement rate.
Tuition
Typical tuition rates for our diploma programs in the U.S. and Canada range from $3,600 to $32,000, depending upon the nature and length of the program.
Tuition for degree programs is charged on a credit hour basis and varies by college, typically ranging from $225 to $405 per undergraduate credit hour, depending upon the program of study. Tuition for graduate programs ranges from $435 to $500 per
credit hour. On average, an undergraduate degree candidate can expect tuition of approximately $9,600 per academic year, while a masters degree candidate can expect tuition of approximately $11,400 per academic year. In addition to tuition,
students may be required to purchase textbooks and other supplies as part of their educational programs. We anticipate increasing tuition based on the market conditions prevailing at our individual colleges.
If a student fails to complete the period of enrollment (such as a quarter, semester, academic year, or program), the institution may be required to
refund tuition previously collected to the originating or disbursing agency or to the student directly, depending on the source of the funds. Refunds are calculated in accordance with the applicable federal, state, provincial or institutional refund
policies.
Campus Administration
We
establish policies at our campus support center office, implement these policies, and monitor the performance of our schools through the coordination of the president and chief operating officer, the division presidents and general managers, our
regional vice presidents of operations, the regional vice presidents of admissions, and their respective support staffs and through our internal audit department. The college presidents have the responsibility for the day-to-day operation of the
schools. Each U.S. college generally employs the following management personnel which report to the college president:
|
|
|
an academic dean or education director;
|
|
|
|
an admissions director;
|
|
|
|
a career services director;
|
|
|
|
a finance director, and
|
|
|
|
a business manager (where total students enrolled justify this level of support).
|
Our schools in Canada are typically smaller and thus employ a smaller management team. As each schools enrollment grows, additional management may
be added.
Campus support center personnel manage several key functions, including accounting, information technology, student financial
services, career services support, marketing, curriculum development, staff training, the call center, legal, treasury, internal audit, human resources, payroll, purchasing, real estate, and accreditation and licensing. Among the principal oversight
functions performed by campus support center personnel (in cooperation with our division, region and college management) are the annual operating
8
budget, strategic planning and forecasting processes. These processes establish goals for each college, assist in implementing strategies and establish
performance expectations and corresponding incentives. Our senior management team monitors operating performance and profitability of each college and has established periodic communication with the college presidents to review key performance
indicators such as lead flow, starts, student population, retention, placement, compliance and other operating results to determine the proper course of action.
Competition
The post-secondary education market in the United States, consisting of approximately 6,900 accredited
institutions, is highly fragmented and competitive, with no institution having a significant market share. Many of the programs offered by our colleges are also offered by public and private non-profit institutions, as well as by many of the
approximately 2,800 private, for-profit colleges and schools. The post-secondary education market in Canada is also highly fragmented. Typically, the tuition charged by public institutions is less than tuition we charge for comparable programs
because public institutions receive state subsidies, donations and government research and other grants that are not available to our colleges. However, tuition at other private non-profit institutions is often higher than the tuition charged at our
colleges.
We compete in most markets with other private, for-profit institutions offering similar programs. We believe our supportive
learning environment, smaller class sizes, large national scale, and our faculty, our facilities, and our emphasis on student services and placement allows us to compete effectively. In addition, many of our colleges have been operating in their
markets for many years, which has led to a substantial number of graduates who are working in the community and validate the quality of the colleges programs.
Facilities
Our campus support center office is located in Santa Ana, California and our 106 campuses
as of June 30, 2008, are located in 24 states and in the province of Ontario, Canada. Each campus provides our students with lecture halls, instructional labs, libraries, Internet access and other facilities.
We actively monitor the capacity at our facilities and the expected future facilities capacity required to accommodate campus growth initiatives. We
provide for expansion and future growth at each campus through relocations to larger facilities and by expanding or remodeling existing facilities. From the beginning of fiscal 2004 through fiscal 2008, approximately 24% of the campuses have been
relocated and an additional approximately 85% of total campuses have been either expanded or remodeled. The following table reflects the number of campuses added, closed or combined, and the number of campuses that have been relocated, enlarged or
remodeled during each of the last five fiscal years ended and has been updated to reflect solely continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
Opened
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
1
|
|
72
|
Branched
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
3
|
|
5
|
|
10
|
Closed, combined or sold
|
|
0
|
|
2
|
|
17
|
|
12
|
|
23
|
Campuses at year end
|
|
106
|
|
106
|
|
108
|
|
122
|
|
128
|
Relocated
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
|
6
|
|
10
|
|
5
|
Enlarged or remodeled
|
|
10
|
|
6
|
|
12
|
|
32
|
|
30
|
All but four of our facilities are leased. In addition, we lease our campus support center
offices. Most of our leases have primary terms between 5 and 10 years with options to extend the lease, at our election.
Management and Employees
Our company is led by Jack D. Massimino, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, and Peter C. Waller, President and Chief Operating
Officer. They are assisted by the other executive officers of the Company: Kenneth S. Ord, Beth A. Wilson, William B. Buchanan, Mark L. Pelesh, Stan A. Mortensen, Robert C. Owen, and David A. Poldoian. In addition to the executive officers, our
management team includes other vice presidents and senior vice presidents who provide supervision of various functional areas and the presidents of our operating divisions. As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately 10,000 employees in the U.S.
and Canada, of whom approximately 3,930 were part-time and approximately 640 were employed at or assigned to our campus support center and regional offices.
Faculty
The faculty members at our colleges are industry professionals and hold appropriate credentials in their respective
disciplines. We choose faculty who possess the requisite academic and experiential qualifications and who we believe will be successful in working with our students and encourage them to pursue professional development activities to enhance their
functional and
9
classroom skills. We believe the skill and dedication of our faculty is critical to the academic and professional success of our students. As of
June 30, 2008, we employed 3,463 faculty in the United States and Canada, 1,161 of whom were full-time employees. Faculty represents approximately 34% of our employees.
Available Information
Free copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form
10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports may be obtained through our website at www.cci.edu, or by contacting our investor relations department after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Our website address is provided solely for informational purposes. We do not intend, by this reference, that our website or any of the information contained therein should be deemed to be part
of, or incorporated into, this Annual Report.
10
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Set forth below are the name, ages, titles and present and past positions of the persons serving as executive officers of the Company as of
August 23, 2008, as well as other significant employees of the Company as defined under Item 401(c) of Regulation S-K:
|
|
|
|
|
Names
|
|
Ages
|
|
Positions
|
Jack D. Massimino
|
|
59
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board
|
Peter C. Waller
|
|
54
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Kenneth S. Ord
|
|
62
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Beth A. Wilson
|
|
56
|
|
Executive Vice President, Operations
|
William B. Buchanan
|
|
42
|
|
Executive Vice President, Marketing
|
Mark L. Pelesh
|
|
54
|
|
Executive Vice President, Legislative and Regulatory Affairs
|
Stan A. Mortensen
|
|
41
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
Robert C. Owen
|
|
47
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
|
David A. Poldoian
|
|
55
|
|
Chief Business Development Officer
|
Jack D. Massimino
, became our Chief Executive Officer in November 2004. He was
appointed Chairman of the Board in August 2008. He was previously a member of the Board of Directors and a member of the Audit and Compensation Committees of the Board. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Massimino was retired and managed his
personal investment portfolio. Previously, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Talbert Medical Management Corporation, a publicly traded physician practice management company from 1995 through late 1997. Prior to his association with
Talbert, Mr. Massimino was Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of FHP International Corporation, a multi-state, publicly-traded HMO, with revenues of approximately $4 billion at the time of his service. He also served in other
executive positions after joining FHP in 1988, including Senior Vice President and Vice President, Corporate Development. Prior to such time, Mr. Massimino held other executive positions in the healthcare field starting in the mid-1970s.
He received a Bachelor of Arts in Psychology from California Western University and earned a Masters Degree in Management from the American Graduate School for International Management.
Peter C. Waller
, became our President and Chief Operating Officer in February 2006. Mr. Waller has a 30-year career that includes
expertise in marketing, operations and finance. Prior to joining the Company, he served as CEO and then as Executive Partner at ThreeSixty Sourcing, Inc. from 2001 to 2006. Previously he was President of Taco Bell from 1997 to 2000. He first joined
Taco Bell in 1996. Prior to his experience at Taco Bell, Mr. Waller spent six years at Kentucky Fried Chicken of PepsiCo where he went from Managing Director for Western Europe, to Marketing Director for the South Pacific based in Sydney,
Australia, and finally, to Chief Marketing Officer for KFC in the United States. He began his marketing career in 1975 at Procter and Gamble, United Kingdom, serving as a brand manager in the personal care products category and was later recruited
to Gillette in 1981. Mr. Waller holds a Master of Arts degree in Modern History from St. Catherines College of Oxford University.
Kenneth S. Ord
became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2005. Mr. Ord brings more than 30 years of financial experience to his position from publicly traded companies in the healthcare,
staffing services and automotive industries. Mr. Ord was the Chief Financial Officer at Alliance Imaging, Inc. from 1998 to 2004. Previously he was the Chief Financial Officer of Talbert Medical Management Corporation during 1997 and he was the
Chief Financial Officer of FHP International Corporation from 1994 to 1997. Prior to his experience at FHP, Mr. Ord held several successively responsible positions at Kelly Services Inc, including Treasurer, Controller and Vice President
Finance. He began his career at Ford Motor Company, working in various financial roles, ranging from financial controls to profit analysis. Mr. Ord holds a Masters in Business Administration from Brigham Young University.
Beth A. Wilson
has been employed by us since our inception in July 1995. She was promoted to Executive Vice President in July 2001 and
oversees all operational support for accreditation and licensure, curriculum development and quality control, career services, human resources, real estate, facilities and purchasing. Previously, Ms. Wilson was Vice President of Operations from
June 1998 to June 2001. Ms. Wilson was Regional Operations Director for Rhodes Colleges, Inc. from May 1997 to June 1998. From July 1995 to May 1997 she was Operations Director and Regional Operations Director for Corinthian Schools, Inc.
Ms. Wilson was employed by NECI from 1991 to 1995, initially as Executive Director of its Capital Hill campus, then as Area Operations Manager. From 1990 to 1991, she was Vice President, Branch Operations for National College. She was employed
by United Education and Software from 1984 to 1990, initially as Executive Director of a business school, then as Group Manager for four to fifteen locations and finally as Vice President, Administration. She was Scholarship Administrator for
National University from 1982 to 1984 and Assistant Director of American Business College from 1976 to 1981. Additionally, between 1999 and 2003, and again starting in July 2008 to the present, Ms. Wilson has served as a Commissioner for
ACCSCT. Ms. Wilson earned a Masters of Business Administration from National University and a Bachelor of Arts degree from California State College, Sonoma.
11
William B. Buchanan
became our Executive Vice President of Marketing in July 2004. From
2003 to 2004, Mr. Buchanan was employed by Greenpoint Mortgage, where he directed all retail marketing, with responsibility for direct marketing, internet marketing, advertising and branch marketing. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Buchanan was
employed by Providian Financial Corporation where he progressed through several senior marketing roles, including Vice President of Platinum Marketing, Senior Vice President of New Account Business, and Executive Vice President of New Channel and
Product Development. Mr. Buchanan received a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from the University of California, Berkeley.
Mark L. Pelesh
became our Executive Vice President for Legislative and Regulatory Affairs in September 2003. Prior to joining our company, he was a partner in the firm of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP in Washington, DC,
where he was the head of the Education Law Group. His practice focused on federal and state laws and regulations and private accreditation requirements affecting postsecondary educational institutions. Prior to joining Drinker Biddle &
Reath, Mr. Pelesh was a partner and associate in the firm of Cohn and Marks and an associate in the firm of Arnold & Porter, both of which are in Washington, DC. Mr. Pelesh received a Juris Doctorate degree from the Yale Law
School in 1978 and a Bachelor of Arts degree with distinction and honors in History from Stanford University in 1975.
Stan A.
Mortensen
has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since August 2002. Prior to his appointment as Senior Vice President, Mr. Mortensen served as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary starting in January 2000. Prior to that time, Mr. Mortensen was an attorney at the law firm of OMelveny & Myers LLP from March 1997 through December 1999, where his practice focused on securities law, corporate finance,
mergers and acquisitions, and general corporate matters. From August 1994 through February 1997, Mr. Mortensen was an attorney at the law firm of Robins, Kaplan, Miller & Ciresi, where his practice focused on commercial litigation.
Mr. Mortensen received a Juris Doctorate and a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Brigham Young University.
Robert C.
Owen
has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since February 2005. He joined Corinthian in 2004 as Vice President and Controller, and has more than 20 years experience in industry and public accounting.
Previously, he served as Vice President, Controller for Princess Cruise Lines and as Assistant Controller for Royal Caribbean Cruises Ltd. Mr. Owen began his career at Deloitte & Touche, where he spent 11 years in successively
responsible positions, both in the U.S. and Canada. Mr. Owen earned a B.B.A. degree in accounting from Florida Atlantic University. He obtained his license as a Certified Public Accountant in Florida in 1985 and as a Chartered Accountant in
Ontario, Canada in 1994.
David A. Poldoian
joined the Company in November 2004, as President and Chief Operating Officer of
the Online Learning division. In January 2008, he was appointed Chief Business Development Officer. Prior to joining Corinthian, Mr. Poldoian spent nine years with the Anheuser-Busch Companies beginning in 1995, initially serving as President
of its Eagle Snacks, Inc. division and later reporting directly to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Poldoian was Vice President and Partner with Bain & Company, a strategic consulting firm, from 1986 to 1995.
Mr. Poldoian completed a Bachelor of Arts degree at Tufts University, and earned a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.
12
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS AND FINANCIAL AID
U.S. Regulations
Students attending our schools in
the U.S. finance their education through a combination of family contributions, individual resources (including earnings from full or part-time employment), federal financial aid programs, and loans from the Company or third parties.
We estimate that during fiscal 2008 approximately 79.9% of our students in the U.S. received some federal Title IV financial aid. For fiscal 2008,
approximately 81.0% of our revenues (on a cash basis) were derived from federal Title IV programs (as defined herein).
If any of our
institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, the students at that institution would lose access to funds derived from those programs and would have to seek alternative sources of funds to pay
their tuition and fees. Students in the U.S. obtain access to federal student financial aid through an ED-prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at
prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically use the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and fees. The transfer of funds from the financial aid programs is
to the students, who then apply those funds to the cost of their education. The receipt of funds from federal financial aid programs reduces the students amount due to the institution, but does not affect the Companys revenue
recognition.
In connection with the receipt of federal financial aid by our students, we are subject to extensive regulation by
governmental agencies and licensing and accrediting agencies. In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the HEA), and the regulations issued thereunder by the ED, subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the
form of numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order to participate in the various federal financial aid programs under Title IV of the HEA (Title IV). Under the HEA, regulatory authority is divided among each of the following
components: (i) the federal government, which acts through the ED; (ii) the accrediting agencies recognized by the ED; and (iii) state higher education regulatory bodies. Among other things, the HEA and ED regulations require each of
our U.S. institutions to: (i) maintain a rate of default by its students on federally guaranteed loans that are below a specified rate; (ii) limit the proportion of its revenue (on a cash basis) derived from the Title IV programs;
(iii) comply with certain financial responsibility and administrative capability standards; (iv) prohibit the payment of certain incentives to personnel engaged in student recruiting, admissions activities or the award of financial aid;
and (v) achieve prescribed completion and placement outcomes for short-term programs. The regulations, standards and policies of the regulatory agencies frequently change, and changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations
or standards could have material consequences for our accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under Title IV programs and costs of doing business.
The federally guaranteed loans referred to by us are authorized by the HEA and are guaranteed ultimately by the U.S. Secretary of Education. The Title IV
guaranteed loans are neither guaranteed by us, nor can such guaranteed loans become our obligation. Accordingly, we do not record an obligation to repay any of the Title IV guaranteed loans that are not repaid by our former students, and we do not
record either a contingent obligation or an allowance for future obligations as a result of student defaults of federally guaranteed loans.
Rather, the ED regulations require that we maintain a rate of default by our former students on federally guaranteed, or funded student loans, that is below a specified rate, and pertain solely to our eligibility to participate in federal
student financial aid programs. If an institution fails to maintain a Cohort Default Rate at or below a certain percentage threshold set by the HEA for three consecutive years, the institution could lose eligibility to participate in federal
financial aid programs, and its students would lose access to the federally guaranteed student loan programs.
The ED regulations define an
institution as a main campus and its additional locations, if any. As defined by the ED, our main campuses that have additional locations in the U.S. are as follows:
|
|
|
Main Campus(1)
|
|
Additional Locations
|
Everest College, Seattle, WA
|
|
Everest College, Fife, WA
Everest College, Vancouver, WA
Everest College, Tigard, OR
|
|
|
Everest College, Alhambra, CA
|
|
Everest Institute, Chelsea, MA
|
|
|
Everest College, Bremerton, WA
|
|
Everest College, Everett, WA
Everest College, Tacoma, WA
Everest College, St. Louis, MO
|
|
|
Everest College, Colorado Springs, CO
|
|
Everest College, McLean, VA
|
13
|
|
|
Main Campus(1)
|
|
Additional Locations
|
Everest College, Gardena, CA
|
|
Everest Institute, Norcross, GA
|
|
|
Everest College, Ontario, CA
|
|
Everest Institute, Columbus, OH
Everest Institute,
Jonesboro, GA
|
|
|
Everest College, Phoenix, AZ
|
|
Everest College, Mesa, AZ
|
|
|
Everest College, Portland, OR
|
|
Everest College, Vancouver, WA
Everest College, Dallas,
TX
Everest Institute, Silver Springs, MD
|
|
|
Everest College, Renton, WA
|
|
Everest College, Lynnwood, WA
Everest Institute, Houston
(Bissonnet), TX
|
|
|
Everest College, Reseda, CA
|
|
Everest Institute, Marietta, GA
|
|
|
Everest College, Salt Lake City, UT
|
|
Everest College, Fort Worth, TX
|
|
|
Everest College, San Francisco, CA
|
|
Everest College, Chicago, IL
|
|
|
Everest College, Skokie, IL
|
|
Everest College, Burr Ridge, IL
|
|
|
Everest College, Springfield, MO
|
|
Everest College, Ontario Metro, CA
|
|
|
Everest College, Thornton, CO
|
|
Everest College, Aurora, CO
Everest College, Arlington,
VA
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Brighton, MA
|
|
Everest College, North Aurora, IL
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Cross Lanes, WV
|
|
Everest Institute, Dekalb, GA
Everest Institute, Eagan,
MN
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Grand Rapids, MI
|
|
Everest Institute, Kalamazoo, MI
Everest College,
Merrillville, IN
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Kendall, FL
|
|
Everest Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, FL
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Miami, FL
|
|
Everest Institute, Hialeah, FL
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Newport News, VA
|
|
Everest Institute, Chesapeake, VA
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Rochester, NY
|
|
Everest College, Arlington (Mid-Cities), TX
|
|
|
Everest Institute, San Antonio, TX
|
|
Everest Institute, Houston (Greenspoint), TX
Everest
Institute, Houston (Hobby), TX
|
|
|
Everest Institute, Southfield, MI
|
|
Everest Institute, South Plainfield, NJ
Everest
Institute, Dearborn, MI
Everest Institute, Detroit, MI
Everest
Institute, Austin, TX
|
|
|
Everest University, Largo, FL
|
|
Everest University, Lakeland, FL
Everest University,
Jacksonville, FL
|
|
|
Everest University, Orlando (North), FL
|
|
Everest University, Melbourne, FL
Everest University,
Orlando (South), FL
|
|
|
Everest University, Pompano Beach, FL
|
|
Everest College, Merrionette Park, IL
|
|
|
Everest University, Tampa, FL
|
|
Everest University, Brandon, FL
Everest University,
Orange Park, FL
|
|
|
WyoTech, Fremont, CA
|
|
WyoTech, Oakland, CA
|
|
|
WyoTech, Laramie, WY
|
|
WyoTech, Blairsville, PA
WyoTech, Sacramento,
CA
|
|
|
WyoTech, Long Beach, CA
|
|
Everest College, City of Industry, CA
Everest College,
West Los Angeles, CA
|
(1)
|
The above list includes only those main campuses which have one or more branch locations.
|
14
Accreditation for U.S. Schools
Accreditation is a voluntary non-governmental process by which institutions submit themselves to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions. There are three types of accrediting agencies:
(i) national accrediting agencies, which accredit institutions without regard to geographical location; (ii) regional accrediting agencies, which accredit institutions within their geographic areas; and (iii) programmatic accrediting
agencies, which accredit specific educational programs offered by institutions. Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs offered at the institution, including retention and placement rates.
Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institution to ensure that it has the academic and financial resources to achieve its educational mission. A grant of accreditation is generally viewed as
certification that an institution and its programs meet generally accepted academic standards.
Pursuant to provisions of the HEA, the ED
relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether an institution and its educational programs are of sufficient quality to permit it to participate in Title IV Programs. The HEA specifies certain standards that all recognized accrediting agencies
must adopt in connection with their review of post-secondary institutions and requires accrediting agencies to submit to a periodic review by the ED as a condition of their continued recognition. All of our colleges located within the U.S. are
accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the ED as depicted in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrediting Agency
|
|
Number of
Schools
Accredited
|
|
% of
Total
Schools
|
|
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges of Technology (ACCSCT)
|
|
40
|
|
45
|
%
|
Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools (ACICS)
|
|
35
|
|
39
|
%
|
Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Sciences (ABHES)
|
|
7
|
|
8
|
%
|
Accrediting Council for Continuing Education and Training (ACCET)
|
|
5
|
|
6
|
%
|
Higher Learning Commission of North Central Association of Schools and Colleges (HLCNCA)
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total U.S. Schools
|
|
89
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The HEA requires accrediting agencies recognized by the ED to review many aspects of an
institutions operations in order to ensure that the education or training offered is of sufficient quality to achieve, for the duration of the accreditation period, the stated objectives of the education or training offered. Under the HEA,
recognized accrediting agencies must conduct regular reviews of the institutions they accredit. In addition to periodic accreditation reviews, institutions undergoing a change of ownership must be reviewed by the appropriate accrediting agency. All
of our colleges in the U.S. have been visited and reviewed by their respective accrediting agencies subsequent to the date of acquisition by us. Accrediting agencies also monitor institutions compliance during the term of their accreditation.
If an accrediting agency believes that an institution may be out of compliance with accrediting standards, it may place the institution on probation or a similar warning status or direct the institution to show cause why its accreditation should not
be revoked. An accrediting agency may also require the institution to supply it with supplemental reports in order for the agency to monitor one or more specific areas of the institutions performance, typically completion or graduate placement
outcomes. This is commonly referred to as being on reporting status. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards in any of these instances could result in loss of accreditation. Being on probation, show cause, or
reporting status may cause an accreditor to deny an institution permission, or otherwise delay approval, to open and commence instruction at new locations or to add new programs.
Probation and Show Cause Orders.
A probation or a show cause order is issued based upon an accrediting agencys concerns that an accredited
institution may be out of compliance with one or more accrediting standards. It affords the institution the opportunity to respond before the institution loses accreditation. The institution may demonstrate that the concern is unfounded, that it has
taken corrective action to resolve the concern, or that it has implemented an ongoing plan of action which is deemed appropriate to resolve the concern. The accrediting agency may then vacate the probation or show cause order, continue the probation
or show cause order or seek additional information through reports required of the institution. If the agencys concerns are not resolved, it may act to withdraw accreditation from the institution.
In a letter received from ACCSCT dated December 7, 2007, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in North Aurora,
Illinois. In a letter from ABHES dated December 18, 2007, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our campus in Atlanta, Georgia, and its branches in Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia. The Company has transitioned the Marietta and
Jonesboro, Georgia, campuses from branches of our Atlanta, Georgia, campus to branches of other main campuses that currently do not have any regulatory or accreditation matters, and has taught out the campus in Atlanta, Georgia as of June 30, 2008.
The show cause order regarding Atlanta and its branch campuses was subsequently vacated by ABHES. In a letter from ACCSCT dated March 7, 2008, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in Alhambra, CA. In a letter
from ACCSCT dated August 14, 2008, the Company was informed that the show cause action regarding Everest College in Alhambra, CA had been vacated. In another letter from ACCSCT dated March 7, 2008, the Company was informed of a show cause action
regarding our Everest College in San Jose, CA.
15
With respect to the schools identified above which have outstanding Show Cause orders, each of these
locations represented less than 1.4% of our campuses fiscal 2008 operating profit (before corporate overhead allocation) individually, and less than 1.5% in aggregate.
Since accreditation is required for an institution to be eligible to participate in the federal student financial aid programs, the failure by one or
more of these schools to satisfactorily resolve the show cause or probation orders could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.
Supplemental Reports.
As of June 30, 2008, nineteen of our colleges were on reporting to their respective accrediting agencies, primarily
with respect to the completion, retention, and/or placement rates of their students. In certain of these cases, the periodic supplemental reports are required only with respect to particular programs at an institution, and not to the
institutions overall completion or placement rates. We are working to improve these retention and placement rates in the identified programs at these schools.
Federal Support for Post-Secondary Education in the U.S.
The federal government provides substantial
support for post-secondary education through grants and loans to students who can apply the funds received to pay for their educational costs at any institution certified by the ED as eligible to participate in the federally funded student financial
aid programs. Since 1972, Congress has expanded the scope of the HEA by, among other things, (i) providing that students attending proprietary institutions, such as our institutions, are eligible for assistance under the Title IV Programs,
(ii) establishing a program for loans to parents of eligible students, (iii) opening the Title IV Programs to part-time students, and (iv) increasing maximum loan limits and in some cases eliminating the requirement that students
demonstrate financial need to obtain federally guaranteed loans. The Federal Direct Loan Program (FDL) was also enacted, enabling students to obtain loans directly from the federal government rather than from commercial lenders.
Congress must reauthorize the student financial assistance programs of the HEA approximately every five to six years. On July 31, 2008,
Congress passed the Higher Education Opportunity Act (the 2008 Act), which reauthorized and made numerous changes to the HEA and its programs. President Bush signed the 2008 Act on August 14, 2008. The HEA, as reauthorized and amended by
the 2008 Act, continues the access of our institutions and students to Title IV funds. In addition, changes made to the HEA will affect how our institutions comply with the requirement that they receive a certain proportion of their revenue from
other than the Title IV programs and with the cohort default rate requirement. Prior to the enactment of the 2008 Act, changes made by Congress have expanded the access of our students and institutions to Title IV funds by increasing loan limits for
first and second year students and lifting restrictions on on-line education programs and students.
Students at our U.S. institutions
receive grants, loans and work opportunities to fund their education under several of the Title IV Programs, of which the two largest are the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) program and the Federal Pell Grant (Pell)
program. Our institutions also participate in the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) program, and some of them participate in the Federal Perkins loan program and the Federal Work-Study (FWS) program.
Most aid under the Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined under the HEA as the difference between
the cost of attending an educational institution and the amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain both a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward
completion of their program of study.
Pell.
Pell grants are the primary component of the Title IV Programs under which the ED makes
grants to students who demonstrate financial need. Every eligible student is entitled to receive a Pell grant; there is no institutional allocation or limit. For the 2007-2008 award year, the maximum Pell grant increased to $4,310. Amounts received
by students enrolled in our institutions in the 2007-2008 award year under the Pell program equaled approximately 22.7% of our net revenue (on a cash basis). Effective July 1, 2008, the maximum Pell grant increased to $4,731.
FSEOG.
FSEOG awards are designed to supplement Pell grants for the neediest students. FSEOG grants generally range in amount from $100 to $4,000
per year; however, the availability of FSEOG awards is limited by the amount of those funds allocated to an institution under a formula that takes into account the size of the institution, its costs and the income levels of its students. We are
required to make a 25% contribution to students for all FSEOG awards disbursed. Resources for this institutional contribution may include institutional grants, scholarships and other eligible funds (i.e., funds from foundations and other charitable
organizations) and,
16
in certain states, portions of state scholarships and grants. During the 2007-2008 award year, our contribution was met by approximately $2.5 million in
funds from our institutions, funds from state scholarships and grants, and funds from foundations and other charitable organizations. Amounts received by students in our institutions under the federal share (including the FSEOG match) of the FSEOG
programs in the 2007-2008 award year equaled approximately 1.2% of our net revenue (on a cash basis).
FFEL AND FDL.
The FFEL
program consists of Stafford Loans, which are subsidized (government pays the interest while the student is in school and during a six-month grace period) and unsubsidized, and PLUS loans, which are made available to parents of students classified
as dependents. Under the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (FDL) program, students may obtain loans directly from the ED rather than commercial lenders. The conditions on FDL loans are generally the same as on loans made under the FFEL
program. Under the Stafford Loan program, during fiscal years 2007 and 2008, students may borrow up to $3,500 for the first academic year, $4,500 for the second academic year and, in some educational programs, $5,500 for each of the third and fourth
academic years in subsidized loans. PLUS loans may be obtained by the parents of a dependent student in an amount not to exceed the difference between the total cost of that students education (including allowable expenses) and other aid to
which that student is entitled. Students who are classified as independent and dependent students whose parents are unable to obtain PLUS loans can increase their borrowing limits and receive additional unsubsidized Stafford loans. During fiscal
years 2007 and 2008, students could obtain an additional $4,000 in unsubsidized loans for each of the first and second academic years and, depending upon the educational program, an additional $5,000 for each of the third and fourth academic years.
Effective July 1, 2008, such students may obtain an additional $6,000 in unsubsidized loans for each of the first and second academic years, and an additional $7,000 for subsequent academic years. The obligation to begin repaying Stafford loans does
not commence until six months after a student ceases enrollment as at least a half-time student. Amounts received by students in our institutions under the Stafford program in the 2007-2008 award year equaled approximately 51.8% of our net revenue
(on a cash basis). Amounts received by students in our institutions under the PLUS program in the 2007-2008 award year equaled approximately 5.4% of our net revenue (on a cash basis).
Our schools and their students use a wide variety of lenders and guaranty agencies and have generally not experienced difficulties in identifying lenders
and guaranty agencies willing to make federal student loans. However, Congress has made changes to the terms and conditions under which lenders participate in the Title IV loan programs and make alternative private loans. These changes could affect
the willingness of lenders to participate in the FFEL program and the availability of loans to our students to finance their education and their ability to pay our tuition and fees.
Perkins.
Eligible undergraduate students may borrow up to $4,000 under the Perkins program during each award year, with repayment delayed until
nine months after the borrower ceases to be enrolled on at least a half-time basis. Perkins loans are made available to those students who demonstrate a financial need. Perkins loans are made from a revolving account, 75% of which was initially
capitalized by the ED. Subsequent federal capital contributions, with an institutional contribution of one-third of the federal contribution, may be received if an institution meets certain requirements. Each institution collects payments on Perkins
loans from its former students and loans those funds to currently enrolled students. Collection and disbursement of Perkins loans is the responsibility of each participating institution. During the 2007-2008 award year, we collected approximately
$3.2 million from our former students in repayment of Perkins loans. In the 2007-2008 award year, we had no required matching contribution. The Perkins loans disbursed to students in our institutions in the 2007-2008 award year equaled approximately
0.4% of our net revenue (on a cash basis).
FWS.
Under the FWS program, federal funds are made available to pay up to 75% of the
cost of compensation for part-time employment of eligible students, based on their financial need, to perform work for the institution or for off-campus public or non-profit organizations. At least 7% of an institutions FWS allocation must be
used to fund student employment in community service positions. FWS earnings are given directly to the student for their own discretionary use.
Federal
Oversight of the Title IV Programs in the U.S.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through the Title IV Programs, coupled
with the large numbers of students and institutions participating in those programs, have led the U.S. Congress to require the ED to engage in a substantial level of regulatory oversight of institutions to ensure that public funds are properly used.
Each institution which participates in the Title IV Programs must annually submit to the ED both an audit by an independent accounting firm of that institutions compliance with the Title IV Program requirements, and audited financial
statements. The ED also conducts compliance reviews, which include on-site evaluations, and directs student loan guaranty agencies to conduct additional reviews relating to the FFEL programs. In addition, the Office of the Inspector General of the
ED conducts audits and investigations of institutions in certain circumstances. Under the HEA, accrediting agencies and state licensing agencies also have responsibilities for overseeing institutions compliance with Title IV Program
requirements. As a result, each participating institution, including each of our U.S. institutions, is subject to frequent and detailed oversight and must comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations or risk being required to repay funds
or becoming ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs. In addition, the ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of existing laws and regulations.
Cohort Default Rates.
A significant requirement imposed by Congress is a limitation on participation in the Title IV Programs by institutions
whose former students defaulted on the repayment of federally guaranteed or funded student loans at an excessive rate (Cohort Default Rates). Many institutions, including all of our institutions within the U.S., have
responded by implementing aggressive student loan default management programs aimed at reducing the likelihood of students failing to repay their federally
17
guaranteed loans in a timely manner. Currently, an institutions Cohort Default Rates under the FFEL and FDL programs are calculated on an annual basis
as the rate at which student borrowers scheduled to begin repayment on their loans in one federal fiscal year default on those loans by the end of the next federal fiscal year. Under the recently enacted legislation to reauthorize the HEA, a
separate calculation will be performed that will add an additional federal fiscal year of borrowers repayment performance. An institution that participates in both the FFEL and FDL programs receives a single weighted average Cohort
Default Rate in place of an FFEL or FDL Cohort Default Rate. Any institution whose Cohort Default Rate equals or exceeds 25% for any one of the three most recent federal fiscal years under the current method of calculation may be found by the ED to
lack administrative capability, and on that basis, placed on provisional certification status for up to three years. Provisional certification status does not limit an institutions access to Title IV Program funds but does subject that
institution to closer review by the ED and possible summary adverse action if that institution commits violations of the Title IV Program requirements. Any institution whose Cohort Default Rates equal or exceed 25% for three consecutive years under
the current calculation may lose eligibility to participate in the FFEL or FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the ED determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal
years. This percentage will increase to 30% after three years of Cohort Default Rates calculated with the additional federal fiscal year are available, and then become applicable to the imposition of sanctions. In addition, an institution whose
Cohort Default Rate for any federal fiscal year exceeds 40% may have its eligibility to participate in all of the Title IV Programs limited, suspended or terminated. The HEA also provides that institutions which become ineligible to participate in
the Title IV Programs because of Cohort Default Rates in excess of the applicable levels would also become ineligible to participate in the Pell grant program. Since the calculation of Cohort Default Rates involves the collection of data from many
non-governmental agencies (i.e., lenders, private guarantors or servicers), as well as the ED, the HEA provides a formal process for the review and appeal of the accuracy of Cohort Default Rates before the ED takes any action against an institution
based on such rates.
We proactively manage our students repayment obligations and have engaged a professional default management
firm to assist us in managing the Cohort Default Rates at our U.S. institutions. We believe that professional default management services can continue to assist us in managing these Cohort Default Rates.
The following table sets forth the final Cohort Default Rates for our institutions included within total operations of the Company as of June 30, 2008 in
the U.S. for federal fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, and the draft rates for 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institution
|
|
2006(2)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Everest College, Seattle, WA (Fife and Vancouver, WA, and Tigard, OR) (1)
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
5.30
|
%
|
|
5.30
|
%
|
|
4.70
|
%
|
Everest College, Alhambra, CA (Everest Institute, Chelsea, MA) (1)
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
10.20
|
%
|
|
11.80
|
%
|
|
10.50
|
%
|
Everest College, Anaheim, CA
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
7.70
|
%
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
Everest College, Colorado Springs, CO (McLean, VA) (1)
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
11.30
|
%
|
|
8.60
|
%
|
|
6.80
|
%
|
Everest College, Gardena, CA (Everest Institute, Norcross, GA) (1)
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
10.50
|
%
|
|
10.20
|
%
|
|
6.40
|
%
|
Everest College, Hayward, CA (combined with former New Orleans, LA Campus) (1)
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
8.40
|
%
|
|
8.90
|
%
|
|
6.30
|
%
|
Everest College, Los Angeles, CA
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
17.70
|
%
|
|
5.40
|
%
|
|
8.40
|
%
|
Everest College, Ontario, CA (Columbus, OH and Jonesboro, GA)
|
|
16.6
|
%
|
|
12.10
|
%
|
|
6.70
|
%
|
|
7.30
|
%
|
Everest College, Phoenix, AZ (Mesa, AZ)
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
13.20
|
%
|
|
9.50
|
%
|
|
15.60
|
%
|
Everest College, Bremerton, WA (Everett, and Tacoma, WA and St. Louis, MO) (1)
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
9.60
|
%
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
11.30
|
%
|
Everest College, Portland, OR (Vancouver, WA, and Dallas, TX; Everest Institute, Silver Spring, MD) (1)
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
14.50
|
%
|
|
13.50
|
%
|
|
9.60
|
%
|
Everest College, Renton, WA (Lynnwood, WA; Everest Institute, Bissonet, TX) (1)
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
|
6.40
|
%
|
|
7.40
|
%
|
|
6.40
|
%
|
Everest College, Reseda, CA (Marietta, GA)
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
9.60
|
%
|
|
8.40
|
%
|
|
7.20
|
%
|
Everest College, Salt Lake City, UT (Fort Worth, TX)
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
14.90
|
%
|
|
16.40
|
%
|
|
13.10
|
%
|
Everest College, San Bernardino, CA
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
14.20
|
%
|
|
13.00
|
%
|
|
10.50
|
%
|
Everest College, San Francisco, CA (Chicago, IL) (1)
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
11.30
|
%
|
|
9.40
|
%
|
|
9.50
|
%
|
Everest College, San Jose, CA
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
10.50
|
%
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
|
11.40
|
%
|
Everest College, Skokie, IL (Burr Ridge, IL) (1)
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
8.40
|
%
|
|
9.40
|
%
|
|
8.10
|
%
|
Everest College, Springfield, MO (Ontario Metro, CA) (1)
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
15.00
|
%
|
|
12.60
|
%
|
|
10.60
|
%
|
Everest College, Thornton, CO (Aurora, CO, and Arlington, VA) (1)
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
14.40
|
%
|
|
14.30
|
%
|
|
10.10
|
%
|
Everest College, Torrance, CA
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
6.10
|
%
|
|
8.60
|
%
|
|
12.40
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Brighton, MA (Everest College, North Aurora, IL)
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
|
9.20
|
%
|
|
7.50
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Cross Lanes, WV (Dekalb, GA and Eagan, MN) (1)
|
|
15.5
|
%
|
|
13.70
|
%
|
|
15.40
|
%
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Grand Rapids, MI, (Kalamazoo, MI, and Everest College, Merrillville, IN) (1)
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
8.60
|
%
|
|
8.30
|
%
|
|
6.40
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Kendall, FL (Ft. Lauderdale, FL) (1)
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
11.80
|
%
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Miami, FL (Hialeah, FL) (1)
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
4.50
|
%
|
|
12.90
|
%
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Newport News, VA (Chesapeake, VA) (1)
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
13.76
|
%
|
|
14.10
|
%
|
|
7.80
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Pittsburgh, PA
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
15.30
|
%
|
|
11.70
|
%
|
|
13.20
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Rochester, NY (Everest College, Arlington (Mid Cities), TX) (1)
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
15.90
|
%
|
|
13.20
|
%
|
|
9.40
|
%
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institution
|
|
2006(2)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Everest Institute, San Antonio, TX (Greenspoint, and Hobby, TX) (1)
|
|
18.9
|
%
|
|
7.80
|
%
|
|
17.50
|
%
|
|
14.90
|
%
|
Everest Institute, Southfield, MI (Dearborn and Detroit, MI, Austin, TX, and South Plainfield, NJ) (1)
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
14.80
|
%
|
|
14.50
|
%
|
|
4.90
|
%
|
Everest University, Largo, FL (Lakeland and Jacksonville, FL) (1)
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
|
10.20
|
%
|
|
11.40
|
%
|
|
10.60
|
%
|
Everest University, Orlando (North), FL (Orlando (South), and Melbourne, FL) (1)
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
8.30
|
%
|
|
12.40
|
%
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
Everest University, Pompano Beach, FL (Everest College, Merrionette Park, IL)
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
3.10
|
%
|
|
9.90
|
%
|
|
7.70
|
%
|
Everest University, Tampa, FL (Brandon and Orange Park, FL) (1)
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
11.40
|
%
|
|
13.30
|
%
|
|
9.20
|
%
|
Las Vegas College, Henderson, NV (1)
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
13.00
|
%
|
|
16.30
|
%
|
|
13.60
|
%
|
WyoTech, Daytona Beach, FL
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
7.80
|
%
|
|
14.30
|
%
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
WyoTech, Fremont, CA (Oakland, CA) (1)
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
11.60
|
%
|
|
14.20
|
%
|
|
14.00
|
%
|
WyoTech, Laramie, WY (Sacramento, CA and Blairsville, PA) (1)
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
|
3.70
|
%
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
WyoTech, Long Beach, CA (Everest College, West Los Angeles and City of Industry, CA) (1)
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
|
16.60
|
%
|
|
13.60
|
%
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
Consolidated Average Cohort Default Rate
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
10.50
|
%
|
|
11.60
|
%
|
|
9.30
|
%
|
(1)
|
Indicates additional locations wherein the Cohort Default Rates are blended with the main campus.
|
(2)
|
Rates are based on the draft Cohort Default Rates issued in February 2008, and are subject to change when final rates are calculated.
|
In addition, if an institutions Cohort Default Rate for loans under the Perkins program exceeds 15% for any federal award year (i.e., July 1
through June 30), that institution may be placed on provisional certification status for up to three years. Eleven of our institutions have Perkins program Cohort Default Rates in excess of 15% for students who were scheduled to begin repayment
in the 2006 federal award year, the most recent year for which such rates have been calculated. During fiscal 2006, Perkins loans amounted to a very small percentage of the total cash revenues of the corporation but were still a useful funding
source for those schools that participate and make use of those funds. The Perkins program Cohort Default Rates for these institutions generally range from less than 10% to the mid-twenties. Historically, provisional certification due to excessive
Perkins program Cohort Default Rates has not had a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition to the efforts of our outside
professional default management firm, each of our colleges has adopted an internal student loan default management plan. Those plans emphasize to students the importance of meeting loan repayment requirements and provide for extensive loan
counseling, along with methods to increase student persistence and completion rates and graduate employment (placement) rates. Immediately upon a students cessation of enrollment, the professional default management firm initiates regular
contact with the student, maintains regular contact throughout the grace period, and continues this activity through the entire cohort period. The colleges continue to work with the default management firm to maintain accurate and up-to-date
information on address changes, marital status changes, or changes in circumstance that may allow the student to apply for deferments. These activities are all in addition to the loan servicing and collection activities of FFEL lenders and guarantee
agencies.
Regulatory Oversight.
The HEA provides for a three-part regulatory framework, generally referred to as the Triad, to
provide regulatory oversight of post-secondary education institutions. The first part of the Triad consists of accrediting agencies which review and accredit our campuses. Their examinations pertain to such areas as student achievement, curriculum,
faculty, facilities, equipment, admissions, financial responsibility and timeliness of student refunds. The Triad provisions also require each accrediting agency recognized by the ED to undergo comprehensive periodic reviews by the ED to ascertain
whether such accrediting agency is adhering to required standards.
The second part of the Triad involves the standards to be applied by
the ED in evaluating the financial responsibility and administrative capability of institutions participating in the Title IV Programs. In addition, the Triad mandates that the ED periodically review the eligibility and certification to participate
in the Title IV Programs of every such eligible institution. By law, all institutions are required to undergo a recertification review at least every six years, although the ED may recertify an institution for a shorter time period. Under these
standards, each of our institutions is evaluated by the ED on a routine basis. A denial of recertification would preclude an institution from continuing to participate in the Title IV Programs.
The third part of the Triad involves approvals by state education agencies with jurisdiction over educational institutions. State requirements are
important to an institutions eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs since an institution must be licensed or otherwise authorized to operate in the state in which it offers education in order to be certified as eligible. The level
of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state. State laws establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, financial policies and responsibility and other operational matters.
State laws and regulations may limit our ability to obtain authorization to operate in certain states, to award degrees or diplomas, or offer new degree programs. Certain states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are different from
those prescribed by the ED. We believe that each of our campuses is in substantial compliance with state authorizing and licensure laws.
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.
Our schools are subject to audits and program compliance reviews by various external agencies, including the ED, state authorizing agencies, student loan
guaranty agencies and
19
accrediting agencies. The HEA and its implementing regulations also require that an institutions administration of Title IV Program funds be audited
annually by an independent accounting firm. The resulting audit report must be submitted to the ED for review. If the ED or another regulatory agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a
provision of the HEA or the EDs regulations, that institution could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine. The ED could also subject the institution to a heightened level of monitoring, under which the
institutions federal funding requests would be more carefully reviewed by the ED, or the ED could transfer the institution from the advance system of receiving Title IV Program funds to the reimbursement system, under which an institution must
document the students eligibility for Title IV Program funds before receiving such funds from the ED. Violations of Title IV Program requirements could also subject us or our schools to other civil and criminal penalties.
From time to time, certain of our institutions have also been the subject of program reviews by the ED. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the
first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Companys campuses in Fremont, California, Reseda, California, Tampa, Florida (including its additional locations in Orange Park and Brandon, Florida), and Gardena, California, and its online operations in
Tampa, Florida and Tempe, Arizona, were the subject of ED program reviews. We have not yet received preliminary written program review reports regarding EDs findings, if any, in these campuses, and the Company is continuing to cooperate with
these reviews. Program reviews may often be unresolved for several months or years with little or no communication from the ED. We do not believe that any of our currently pending program reviews with the ED is reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company. However, if the ED were to make significant findings of non-compliance by any of our schools in any ongoing or future program review, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or
financial condition.
Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by us or any of our institutions could be the basis for a
proceeding by the ED to limit, suspend, or terminate the participation of the affected institution in the Title IV Programs. Generally, such a termination extends for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation.
There is no proceeding pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend, or terminate any of our institutions participation in the Title IV Programs, and we have no reason to believe that any such proceeding is contemplated. Any
such action that substantially limited our schools participation in the Title IV Programs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
Financial Responsibility Standards.
All institutions participating in the Title IV Programs must satisfy a series of specific standards of
financial responsibility. Institutions are evaluated for compliance with those requirements in several circumstances, including as part of the EDs recertification process and also annually as each institution submits its audited financial
statements to the ED. As part of the evaluation of an institutions financial responsibility, the ED calculates three financial ratios for an institution: an equity ratio, a primary reserve ratio, and a net income ratio. Each ratio is scored
separately and then combined to determine the institutions financial responsibility. If an institutions composite score is below the minimum requirement for unconditional approval (which is a score of 1.5) but within a designated
threshold level (the Zone, which is 1.0 to 1.4), such institution may take advantage of an alternative that allows it to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs for up to three years under additional monitoring and reporting
procedures but without having to post a letter of credit in favor of the ED. If an institutions composite score falls below the minimum threshold level of 1.0 or is in the Zone for more than three consecutive years, the institution may be
required to post a letter of credit in favor of the ED.
For fiscal 2008, our calculations reflect that all of our schools exceed the
requirements for financial responsibility on an individual basis, with composite scores ranging from 1.5 to 3.0. For purposes of performing such calculations on an individual school basis, the Company makes certain allocations of corporate cash to
the individual campuses. Also, our Company, on a consolidated basis, meets the requirements with the composite score of 2.0.
An
institution that is determined by the ED not to have met the standards of financial responsibility is nonetheless entitled to participate in the Title IV Programs if it can demonstrate to the ED that it is financially responsible on an alternative
basis. An institution may do so by posting a surety either in an amount equal to 50% (or greater, as the ED may require) of the total Title IV Program funds received by students enrolled at such institution during the prior year or in an amount
equal to 10% (or greater, as the ED may require) of such prior years funds if the institution also agrees to provisional certification and to transfer to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment for its Title IV Program funds.
The ED has interpreted this surety condition to require the posting of an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the ED.
Under a
separate standard of financial responsibility, if an institution has made late Title IV refunds to students in its prior two years, the institution is required to post a letter of credit in favor of the ED in an amount equal to 25% of the total
Title IV Program refunds paid by the institution in its prior fiscal year. As of July 1, 1997, this standard was modified to exempt an institution that has not been found to make late refunds to 5% or more of its students who were due refunds
in either of the two most recent fiscal years and has not been cited for a reportable condition or material weakness in its internal controls related to late refunds in either of its two most recent fiscal years. Based on this standard, we currently
have outstanding letters of credit in the aggregate amount of approximately $2.1 million because of late refunds at 7 of our institutions. There can be no assurance that, upon review by the ED, we will not be required to post additional letters of
credit in favor of the ED on behalf of the affected colleges.
Restrictions on Acquiring or Opening Additional Schools and Adding
Educational Programs.
An institution which undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change in control, including all of the institutions that we have acquired or will acquire, must be reviewed and recertified for participation in the Title
IV Programs under its new ownership. If an institution is recertified following a
20
change of ownership, it will be on a provisional basis. During the time an institution is provisionally certified, it may be subject to closer review by the
ED and to summary adverse action for violations of Title IV Program requirements, but provisional certification does not otherwise limit an institutions access to Title IV Program funds. Institutions can also be placed on provisional
certification primarily as a result of late refunds, financial aid audit findings and other miscellaneous matters. As of June 30, 2008, none of our institutions were on provisional certification due to their change in ownership, while 12
institutions covering 30 campuses were on provisional certification for other reasons.
The HEA generally requires that proprietary
institutions be fully operational for two years before applying to participate in the Title IV Programs. However, under the HEA and applicable regulations, an institution that is certified to participate in the Title IV Programs may establish an
additional location and apply to participate in the Title IV Programs at that location without reference to the two-year requirement, as long as such additional location satisfies all other applicable Title IV Program participation eligibility
requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to acquire schools that can be recertified and to open additional locations of existing institutions.
Generally, if an institution is eligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and adds an educational program after it has been designated as an eligible institution, the institution must apply to the ED to have
the additional program designated as eligible. However, an institution is not obligated to obtain ED approval of an additional program that leads to an associates, bachelors or masters degree and the institution has already been
approved to offer programs at that degree level or that prepares students for gainful employment in the same or related recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated as an eligible program at that institution
and meets certain minimum length requirements. Further, short-term educational programs, which generally consist of those programs that provide at least 300 but less than 600 clock hours of instruction, are eligible only for FFEL funding and only if
they have been offered for a year and the institution can demonstrate, based on an attestation by its independent auditor, that at least 70% of all students who enroll in such programs complete them within a prescribed time and at least 70% of those
students who graduate from such programs obtain employment in the recognized occupation for which they were trained within a prescribed time. Certain of our colleges offer such short-term programs in compliance with ED regulations. Students enrolled
in such programs represent a small percentage of the total enrollment at our colleges. In the event that an institution erroneously determines that an educational program is eligible for purposes of the Title IV programs without the EDs
express approval, the institution would likely be required to repay the Title IV program funds provided to students in that educational program. Certain of the state authorizing agencies and accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over our campuses
also have requirements that may, in certain instances, limit our ability to open a new campus, acquire an existing campus or establish an additional location of an existing institution or begin offering a new educational program.
Ability to Benefit Regulations.
Under certain circumstances, an institution may elect to admit non-high school graduates into certain of its
programs of study. In such instances, the institution must demonstrate that the student has the ability to benefit from the program of study. Eighty-three of our colleges admit ATB students into their programs. The basic evaluation
method to determine that a student has the ability to benefit from the program is the students achievement of a minimum score on a test approved by the ED and independently administered in accordance with ED regulations. In addition to the
testing requirements, the ED regulations prohibit enrollment of ATB students from constituting 50% or more of the total enrollment of the institution. None of our colleges that accept ATB students has an ATB enrollment population that exceeds 50% of
the total enrolled population. As of June 30, 2008, ATB students represented approximately 21.5% of our total student population.
The 90/10 Rule.
Under a provision of the HEA commonly referred to as the 90/10 Rule, a private, for-profit institution, such as each of our institutions, would cease being eligible to participate in the Title
IV Programs if, on a cash accounting basis, more than 90% of its revenue was derived from the Title IV Programs. Prior to the enactment of the recent legislation to reauthorize the HEA, any institution that violated the 90/10 Rule immediately became
ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and was unable to apply to regain its eligibility until the following fiscal year. Since this requirement took effect, each of our U.S. institutions has met this requirement in each fiscal year. For
fiscal 2008, approximately 81.0% of our revenues (on a cash basis) were derived from federal Title IV programs (as defined herein). We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement in order to minimize the risk that any of our institutions
would derive more than the applicable thresholds of its revenue from the Title IV Programs for any fiscal year. If an institution appears likely to approach the threshold, we evaluate deferring the receipt of federal student financial aid or other
measures to ensure compliance with the 90/10 Rule. Under the legislation recently enacted to reauthorize the HEA, the 90/10 Rule has been modified to permit certain additional types of revenue, some on a temporary basis, to be counted as revenue
from sources other than Title IV. In addition, the recently enacted legislation now specifies that an institution will not become ineligible until it has exceeded the 90% maximum for two consecutive fiscal years. These changes will afford our
institutions additional flexibility in meeting the 90/10 Rule. The legislation, however, also provides that institutions that exceed the 90% limit may be placed on provisional certification and be subject to additional monitoring and that those
which violate the 90/10 Rule will be ineligible for two fiscal years before they regain eligibility.
Restrictions on Payment of
Bonuses, Commissions or Other Incentives.
The HEA prohibits an institution from providing any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity
engaged in any student recruitment, admission or financial aid awarding activity for programs eligible for Title IV Program funds. The ED has published regulations to attempt to clarify this so-called incentive compensation prohibition.
The regulations identify 12 compensation arrangements that the ED has determined are not in violation of the incentive compensation prohibition, including the payment and adjustment of salaries, bonuses and commissions in certain circumstances. The
EDs regulations do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances, and the ED has announced that it will no longer review and approve individual schools compensation plans. Nonetheless, we believe that our current
compensation plans are in compliance with HEA standards and the EDs regulations, although we cannot provide assurance that the ED will not find deficiencies in our compensation plans.
21
Return of Title IV Funds
. In 1998, amendments to the HEA changed substantially the refund
requirements regarding the disposition of Title IV funds when a recipient of Title IV funds withdraws from an institution. We believe our return of Title IV funds calculations are in compliance with current regulations to implement these
requirements.
Canadian Regulations
Students attending our schools in Canada finance their education through a combination of family contributions, individual resources (including earnings from full or part-time employment) and federal and provincial financial aid programs.
The schools operated by our Everest Canada division are subject to extensive regulations in the province of Ontario. We believe these
schools currently hold the necessary registrations, approvals and permits and meet the eligibility requirements to participate in governmental financial aid program. If these schools cannot continue to meet eligibility standards or fail to comply
with applicable requirements, it could have a material adverse effect on our Canadian business, results of operations or financial condition.
Licensing/Registration.
Our ability to provide private-for-profit post-secondary education and grant diplomas to graduates in Canada is regulated by Ontario government. In the province in which we operate, the Ontario Ministry of
Training, Colleges and Universities is responsible for registering and regulating private-for-profit educational institutions. The Private Career College Act of 2005 (the PCCA) stipulates that an education provider, such as our Canadian
schools, must register each of its diploma granting programs for approval as well as each of its campuses with the ministry. Typical requirements for obtaining this registered status include the financial viability of the campus, the integrity
and honesty of the applicants officers and directors, and the reasonable expectation that the course of study offered by the applicant will provide the skills requisite for employment in the vocation in which it is being trained.
Registration must be renewed by the applicant annually. The Province of Ontario has the statutory power to deny, refuse to renew, suspend or revoke our registration if we are in breach of a term or condition of the registration.
Government-Sponsored Financial Aid.
Financial aid programs are offered to our Canadian students by the Canadian federal government and the
government of Ontario. The Province operates the provincial financial aid program for students and administers these loans in conjunction with the administration of the CSL loans granted to students studying within the province. In order for
students enrolled in a program of study at a private-for-profit educational institution to be eligible for public financial aid, the private-for-profit educational institution, as well as the specific program of study, must be registered in good
standing under the applicable PCCA legislation in the Province. In addition, the Province typically requires that to be financial aid eligible, the specific program must be at the post-secondary level, be taught on a full-time basis, have a duration
of not less than 12 weeks and lead to a diploma or certificate conferred upon the student at the completion of the program. The Province also typically requires that the private-for-profit educational institution maintain specific admissions
requirements for entrance into eligible programs and retains specific documentation on each student receiving public financial aid. Each of the diploma-granting programs offered by Everest campuses across Ontario are eligible for students to apply
for federal and provincial aid.
Financial aid programs provide students with access to funds during their study period based on a needs
test. The loans are provided through the National Student Loan Service Centre for the program. The funds are loaned interest-free to the student during the study period and interest begins to accrue once a student either completes his or her study
or stops attending school. After six months, the student must begin repayment of his or her loan(s). During the students interest-free period, interest is paid by the federal and/or provincial governments to the National Student Loan Service
Centre. The Ontario government has an initiative to reduce the number of loan defaults in that province. In addition to several other facets of this initiative, the Ministry of Training, Colleges and Universities (the Ministry) has
adopted a policy whereby they will only guarantee defaulted student loans to a certain capped amount, beyond which the applicable private career college is responsible for guaranteeing repayment. For the 2008/09 default cohort year, we have three
Ontario locations that were required to issue a promissory note and/or collateral due to the default sharing program. Should the default rate in 2011 be below 25%, no payment will be required.
ALTERNATIVE LOANS FOR OUR STUDENTS
Because the
government-sponsored financial aid available to our students is generally less than their tuition costs and other financial needs, many of our students secure private loans to finance a portion of their educational costs. These private loans are
made directly to our students by financial institutions and are not guaranteed under the FFEL program.
The fees and interest rates on
these private loans are generally higher than the loans made under the FFEL program due to the lack of a government guarantee on these private loans. The fees and interest rates on these private loans vary depending on the credit history of the
student or co-borrower. Many of our students, either individually or with a co-borrower, are able to obtain some type of loan from financial institutions.
22
Historically, we had developed several loan programs with origination and servicing providers such as
Sallie Mae for students with low credit scores who otherwise would not qualify for loans. These loan programs required that we pay a discount fee to the origination and servicing providers of the loans as a reserve against future defaults on these
loans. We have historically referred to these types of loans as discount loans, since we incurred a portion of the default risk related to these students loans by taking a discount on the disbursement. As collectability of these
amounts in not reasonably assured we had recorded this discount as a reduction to revenue.
Effective in the third quarter of fiscal 2008
we were informed by Sallie Mae and two other origination and servicing providers that they would no longer make private loans available for students who present higher credit risks (i.e. subprime borrowers). In the face of this change in policy, we
have created a lending program with a different origination and servicing provider who specializes in subprime credit that has characteristics similar to our previous discount loan programs. Under this new program, which we refer to as
our ACCESS program, we pay a discount to the origination and servicing provider. As with our previous discount loan program, we record the discount as a reduction to revenue as collectability of these amounts is not reasonably assured. However,
unlike our previous discount loan programs, under our ACCESS program, we have both the right and an obligation to acquire the related loan except in certain circumstances where the origination and servicing provider does not comply with the terms of
the agreement. Since we initiated the program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we have acquired all of the loans totaling $13.1 million through June 30, 2008 that have been originated.
23
Risks Related To Extensive Regulation Of Our
Business
If we fail to follow extensive regulatory requirements for our business, we could suffer severe fines and penalties,
including loss of access to federal student loans and grants for our students.
We derive a majority of our revenues on a cash basis
from federal student financial aid programs. To participate in such programs an institution must obtain and maintain authorization by the appropriate state agencies, accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by the ED, and certification by
the ED. As a result, our schools are subject to extensive regulation by these agencies that, among other things, requires us to:
|
|
|
undertake steps to assure that our schools do not have Cohort Default Rates of 25% or more for three consecutive Cohort years;
|
|
|
|
limit the percentage of revenues (on a cash basis) derived at each of our institutions from federal student financial aid programs to less than 90%;
|
|
|
|
adhere to financial responsibility and administrative capability standards;
|
|
|
|
prohibit the payment of certain incentives to personnel engaged in student recruiting, admissions activities or awarding financial aid;
|
|
|
|
achieve stringent completion and placement outcomes for short-term programs; and
|
|
|
|
make timely refunds of tuition when a student withdraws from one of our institutions.
|
These regulations also affect our ability to acquire or open additional schools or change our corporate structure. These regulatory agencies periodically
revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.
If one or more of our schools were to violate any of
these regulatory requirements, we could suffer fines, penalties or other sanctions, including the loss of our ability to participate in federal student financial aid programs at those schools, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business. We cannot predict how all of these requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to comply with all of the requirements in the future. Some of the most significant regulatory requirements and risks that apply to our schools are
described in the following paragraphs.
Congress may change eligibility standards or reduce funding for federal student financial aid
programs, or other governmental or regulatory bodies may change similar laws or regulations relating to other student financial aid programs, which could adversely affect our business.
Political and budgetary concerns can significantly affect Title IV programs and other laws and regulations governing federal and state student financial
aid programs. Title IV programs are made available pursuant to the provisions of the HEA, and the HEA must be reauthorized by Congress approximately every six years. Independent of reauthorization, Congress must annually appropriate funds for Title
IV programs. On July 31, 2008, Congress passed the reauthorization of the HEA, which became law when President Bush signed it on August 14, 2008. Future reauthorizations or appropriations may result in numerous legislative changes, including those
that could adversely affect our ability to participate in the Title IV programs and the availability of Title IV and non-Title IV funding sources for our students. Congress also may impose certain requirements upon the state or accrediting agencies
with respect to their approval of our schools. Any action by Congress or ED that significantly reduces funding for the federal student financial aid programs or the ability of our schools or students to participate in these programs would have a
material adverse effect on our business. Legislative action also may increase our administrative costs and burdens and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with applicable requirements.
In September 2007, Congress passed, and the President signed, legislation which, among other things, decreased private lender and guaranty agency yields
for participation in the FFEL programs, decreased student interest rates on FFEL loans, and limited repayment obligations for students who receive loans pursuant to Title IV programs. Decreased yields could discourage Title IV lenders from
continuing to provide private, federally guaranteed Title IV loans to our students. The recently-passed HEA reauthorization would add new notification and certification requirements to private non-Title IV program educational loans and make them
subject to the Truth in Lending Act requirements and potential liabilities, which could adversely affect private lenders willingness and ability to make such loans and thereby affect our students ability to access private student loans.
Because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from Title IV and alternative loan programs, any action by Congress that
significantly reduces Title IV program funding, the availability or attractiveness of alternative loans, or the ability of our schools or students to participate in Title IV programs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition. Legislative action also could increase our administrative costs and burdens and require us to adjust our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV program requirements.
If we do not meet specific financial responsibility ratios and tests established by the ED, our U.S. schools may lose eligibility to participate in
federal student financial aid programs.
To participate in the federal student financial aid programs, an institution must either
satisfy quantitative standards of financial responsibility, or post a letter of credit in favor of the ED and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in the federal student financial aid programs. Each year, based on financial
information submitted by institutions that participate in federal student financial aid programs, the ED calculates three financial ratios for an institution: an equity ratio, a primary reserve ratio and a net income ratio. Each of these ratios is
scored separately and then combined to determine the institutions financial responsibility or composite score. If an institutions score is above 1.5, it may continue its participation in federal student financial aid
programs. For fiscal 2008, our calculations show that all of our schools exceed this requirement on an individual basis and are eligible to participate in the federal student financial aid programs, with composite scores ranging from 1.5 to 3.0. On
a consolidated basis, we also exceed this requirement with the composite score of 2.0. We cannot assure you that we and our institutions will continue to satisfy the numeric standards in the future.
24
Our U.S. schools may lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs if
the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs is too high.
Prior to the enactment of the 2008 Act, proprietary
institution would lose its eligibility to participate in the federal student financial aid programs for a period of one year if it derived more than 90% of its revenues, on a cash basis, from these programs in any fiscal year. Any institution that
violated this rule immediately became ineligible to participate in federal student financial aid programs and would be ineligible to reapply to regain its eligibility until the following fiscal year. Under the 2008 Act, an institution that derives
more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV programs for two consecutive fiscal years would become immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV programs and would not be permitted to reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal
years. Effective July 1, 2008, the annual unsubsidized Stafford loans available for undergraduate students under the FFEL program increased by $2,000 which, coupled with recent increases in grants from the Pell program and other Title IV loan
limits, will result in some of our schools experiencing an increase in the revenues they receive from Title IV programs. The recently passed 2008 Act contains relief from recent increases in the availability and amount of federal aid by, among other
things, for all unsubsidized Stafford loans disbursed before July 1, 2011, permitting the $2,000 of additional Stafford loan availability to be counted as revenue not derived from Title IV programs. Additionally, for the Companys fiscal years
ending on or before June 30, 2012, the 2008 Act permits loans made by the Company to its students to count as non-Title IV revenue when earned, not when the loans are repaid as was the case for fiscal years 2008 and prior. Based on our calculations,
none of our institutions received more than 90% of its revenues, on a cash basis, in fiscal 2008, with our highest institution receiving 88.6% of its revenues, on a cash basis, from federal student financial aid programs. On a consolidated basis, we
received 81.0% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from federal student financial aid programs in fiscal 2008. If any of our institutions, depending on its size, loses eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, it could have
a material adverse effect on our business.
Our U.S. schools may lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid
programs if their current and former students loan default rates on federally guaranteed student loans made by third parties are too high.
Prior to the enactment of the 2008 Act, an institution could lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the federal student financial aid programs if defaults by its former students on their federally
guaranteed student loans funded by third parties equal or exceed 25% per year for three consecutive years. For federal fiscal year 2005, the last year for which final rates have been published, default rates for our institutions range from a
low of 2.5% to a high of 17.7%. Under the 2008 Act, a separate calculation will be performed that will add an additional federal fiscal year of borrowers repayment performance. After three years of Cohort Default Rates calculated with the
additional federal fiscal are available, sanctions will be imposed if an institution has a Cohort Default Rate, under the new calculation, of more than 30% for three consecutive federal fiscal years. We review all annually published Cohort Default
Rates and appeal the rates we believe are inaccurate. If any of our institutions, depending on its size, were to lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs because of high student loan default rates, it could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
One or more of our institutions may have to post a letter of credit or be subject to other
sanctions if they do not correctly calculate and timely return Title IV Program funds for students who withdraw before completing their program of study.
A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that was disbursed to students who withdrew from their educational programs before completing them,
and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to post a letter
of credit in favor of the ED or be otherwise sanctioned by the ED. An institution is required to post a letter of credit with the ED in an amount equal to 25% of the total dollar amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that the institution was
required to return with respect to withdrawn students during its most recently completed fiscal year, if the institution was found in an audit or program review to have untimely returned unearned Title IV Program funds with respect to 5% or more of
the students in the audit or program review sample of withdrawn students, in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years. The requirement to post a letter of credit or other sanctions by the ED could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and adversely affect our results of operations.
If regulators do not approve our acquisitions, the acquired school(s)
would not be permitted to participate in federal student financial aid programs.
When we acquire an institution that participates
in federal student financial aid programs, we must seek approval from the ED and most applicable state agencies and accrediting agencies, because an acquisition is considered a change of ownership or control of the acquired institution under
applicable regulatory standards. A change of ownership or control of an institution under the ED standards can result in the temporary suspension of the institutions participation in the federal student financial aid programs unless a timely
and materially complete application for recertification is filed with the ED and the ED issues a temporary certification document. If we are unable to obtain approvals from the state agencies, accrediting agencies or ED for any institution we may
acquire in the future, depending on the size of that acquisition, such a failure to obtain approval could have a material adverse effect on our business.
If regulators do not approve transactions involving a change of control or change in our corporate structure, we may lose our ability to participate in federal student financial aid programs.
Additionally, if regulators do not approve transactions involving a change of control of the Company, we may lose our ability to participate in federal
student financial aid programs. If we experience a change of control under the standards of applicable state agencies or accrediting agencies or the ED, we or the affected institutions must seek the approval of the relevant agencies. Some of these
transactions or events, such as a significant acquisition or disposition of our common stock by third parties on the open market or through a tender offer, may be beyond our control. The adverse regulatory effect of a change of ownership resulting
in a change of control could also discourage bids for our outstanding shares of common stock at a premium and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
25
If any of our U.S. schools fails to maintain its accreditation or its state authorization, that
institution may lose its ability to participate in federal student financial aid programs.
An institution that grants degrees,
diplomas or certificates must be authorized by the relevant agencies of the state in which it is located and, in some cases, other states. Requirements for authorization vary substantially among the states. Additionally, both an approval to operate
in a state and accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by the ED are required for an institution to participate in the federal student financial aid programs. If any of our U.S. campuses were to lose its accreditation or its state
authorization, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In a letter received from ACCSCT dated December 7, 2007, the
Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in North Aurora, Illinois. In a letter from ABHES dated December 18, 2007, the Company was informed of a show cause action of our campus in Atlanta, Georgia, and its branches
in Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia. The Company has transitioned the Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia, campuses from branches of our Atlanta, Georgia, campus to branches of other main campuses that currently do not have any regulatory or
accreditation matters, and has taught out the campus in Atlanta, Georgia as of June 30, 2008. The show cause order regarding Atlanta and its branch campuses was subsequently vacated by ABHES. In a letter from ACCSCT dated March 7, 2008, the Company
was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in Alhambra, CA. In a letter from ACCSCT dated August 14, 2008, the Company was informed the show cause action regarding its Alhambra campus had been vacated. In another letter from
ACCSCT dated March 7, 2008, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in San Jose, CA. With respect to the schools identified above which have outstanding Show Cause orders, each of these locations represented
less than 1.4% of our campuses fiscal 2008 operating profit (before corporate overhead allocation) individually, and less than 1.5% in aggregate.
If any of these campuses were to lose their accreditation, the Company would continue to generate revenues from continuing students, but would consider teaching out these campuses as they would be significantly
competitively disadvantaged compared to other schools where students are eligible to receive federal student financial aid. During any teach-out process, the Companys revenue would decline more rapidly than operating expenses and the Company
would expect to incur operating losses at those campuses. The Company could also expect to incur increased bad debt expense if students no longer have access to federal financial aid. Additionally, if the Company were to lose accreditation at one or
more of its schools to which it has ascribed value for accreditation as part of purchase accounting, the Company would test the amounts it had allocated to such asset for impairment. If the estimate of the present value of these future cash flows
were below the carrying values of the accreditation asset, the Company would consider its related accreditation asset to be impaired and take a charge against the amounts it had allocated to such accreditation.
If we fail to demonstrate administrative capability to the ED, our business could suffer.
ED regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to
participate in federal student financial aid programs. These criteria require, among other things, that the institution:
|
|
|
comply with all applicable federal student financial aid regulations;
|
|
|
|
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs;
|
|
|
|
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students; and
|
|
|
|
submit all reports and financial statements required by the regulations.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the ED may:
|
|
|
require the repayment of federal student financial aid funds;
|
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance system of payment of federal student financial aid funds to the reimbursement system of payment or
cash monitoring;
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification status; or
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in federal student financial aid programs.
|
Should one or more of our institutions be limited in their access to, or lose, federal student financial aid funds due
to their failure to demonstrate administrative capability, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Regulatory agencies
or third parties may conduct compliance reviews, commence investigations, bring claims or institute litigation against us.
Because
we operate in a highly regulated industry, we may be subject from time to time to program reviews, audits, investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which may allege statutory violations,
regulatory infractions, or common law causes of action. If the results of the investigations are unfavorable to us or if we are unable to successfully defend against third-party lawsuits, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to
fines, penalties, injunctions or other censure that could have a materially adverse effect on our business. We also may be limited in our ability to open new schools or add new program offerings and may be adversely impacted by the negative
publicity surrounding an investigation or lawsuit. Even if we adequately address the issues raised by an agency review or investigation or successfully defend a third-party lawsuit, we may suffer interruptions in cash flows due to, among other
things, transfer from the advance funding to the reimbursement or heightened cash monitoring method of Title IV program funding, and we may have to devote significant money and management resources to address these issues,
which could harm our business. Additionally, we may experience adverse collateral consequences, including declines in the number of students enrolling at our schools and the willingness of third parties to deal with us or our schools, as a result of
any negative publicity associated with such reviews, claims or litigation.
26
Investigations, claims and actions against companies in our industry could adversely affect our
business and stock price.
During the past several years, we and other companies in the for-profit postsecondary education industry
have been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. In some cases, allegations of wrongdoing have resulted in reviews or investigations by the Justice Department, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), the ED, state agencies,
accrediting agencies and other entities. These allegations, reviews and investigations and the accompanying adverse publicity could have a negative impact on the for-profit postsecondary education industry in general, our business and the market
price of our common stock.
We are subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to
individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities.
An institution participating in Title IV
Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity or in making
decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The law and regulations governing this requirement do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances. If the ED determined that one of our institutions compensation
practices violated these standards, the ED could subject the institution to monetary fines, penalties, or other sanctions. Additionally, the Company has been, and may in the future be, the subject of
qui tam
actions in federal court by former
employees on behalf of themselves and the federal government alleging violations of False Claims act because of alleged violations of the incentive compensation prohibitions in the HEA. See Item 3. Legal Proceedings. Any substantial fine
or penalty or other sanction levied against one or more of our schools could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Failure to comply with extensive Canadian regulations could affect the ability of our Canadian schools to participate in Canadian financial aid
programs.
Our post-secondary schools in Canada derive a significant percentage of their revenue on a cash basis from Canadian
governmental financial aid programs, and our Canadian students receive loans under student financial aid programs.
Our Canadian schools
must meet eligibility standards to administer these programs and must comply with extensive statutes, rules, regulations and requirements. If our Canadian schools cannot meet these and other eligibility standards or fail to comply with applicable
requirements, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Additionally, the Canadian and Ontario provincial governments
continuously review the legislative, regulatory and other requirements relating to student financial assistance programs due to political and budgetary pressures. Although we do not currently anticipate a significant reduction in the funding for
these programs, any change that significantly reduces funding or the ability of our schools to participate in these programs could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Operational Risks That Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Business
If our students are unable to obtain private loans from third party lenders, our business could be adversely affected.
The education finance industry has been experiencing and may continue to experience problems that have resulted in fewer overall financing options for some of our students. Factors that could impact the general
availability of loans to our students include:
|
|
|
changes in overall economic conditions or overall uncertainty or disruption in capital markets, in either case causing lenders to cease making student loans, limit
the volume or types of loans made or impose more stringent eligibility or underwriting standards;
|
|
|
|
the financial condition and continued financial viability of student loan providers;
|
|
|
|
changes in applicable laws or regulations, such as provisions of the recently-passed HEA reauthorization that impose new disclosure and certification requirements
with respect to private educational loans, that could have the effect of reducing the availability of education financing, including as a result of any lenders choosing to provide fewer loans or to stop providing loans altogether in light of
increased regulation, or which could increase the costs of student loans; or
|
|
|
|
determinations by lenders to reduce the number of loans, or to cease making loans altogether, to students attending or planning to attend certain types of schools,
particularly for-profit schools.
|
Private loans constituted approximately 13% of our U.S. revenue (on a cash basis) in
fiscal 2007, and approximately 11% in fiscal 2008. These loans were provided pursuant to private loan programs with third party lenders and were made available to eligible students at our schools to fund a portion of the students costs of
education not covered by federal financial aid. On January 18, 2008, we received a letter from Sallie Mae indicating that it was exiting the subprime lending business for private student loans. Thus, effective March 1, 2008, Sallie Mae no longer
provided private loans for Corinthian students in the subprime credit category. In addition to terminating their lending to subprime students, Sallie Mae and other lenders made the underwriting criteria used in their standard private
loan programs more stringent.
The consumer credit markets in the United States have recently suffered from increases in default rates and
foreclosures on mortgages, which in some cases have called into question the continued financial viability of certain student loan providers and has resulted in fewer providers of student loans. Providers of federally guaranteed student loans and
alternative student loans have also experienced recent increases in default rates. Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans have resulted in providers of alternative loans reducing the attractiveness and/or
decreasing the availability of alternative loans to post-secondary students, including students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative loans. Prospective students may find that these increased
financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in post-secondary education programs. Certain private lenders have also required that we pay them new or increased fees in order to provide alternative loans to
prospective students.
While we are taking steps to address the private loan needs of our students, the inability of our students to
finance their education could cause our student population to decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have developed a new student loan program that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
We have developed a new student loan program (ACCESS) that could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows. This ACCESS loan program enables students who have exhausted all available government-sponsored or other aid and are ineligible for private loans from other financial institutions to borrow a portion
of their tuition and other educational expenses at our schools if they or a co-borrower meet certain criteria.
Historically, we had
several loan programs with origination and servicing providers such as Sallie Mae for students with low credit scores who otherwise would not qualify for loans. These loan programs required that we pay a discount fee to the origination and servicing
providers of the loans as a reserve against future defaults on these loans. We have historically referred to these types of loans as discount loans, since we incurred a portion of the default risk related to these students loans by
taking a discount on the disbursement.
Effective in the third quarter of fiscal 2008 we were informed by Sallie Mae and two other
origination and servicing providers that they would no longer make private loans available for students who present higher credit risks (i.e. subprime borrowers). In the face of this change in policy, we created the ACCESS lending program with a
different origination and servicing provider who specializes in subprime credit that has characteristics similar to our previous discount loan programs. Under this new program, we pay a discount to the origination and servicing provider.
As with our previous discount loan program, we record the discount as a reduction to revenue, as the collectability of these amounts is not reasonably assured. However, unlike our previous discount loan programs, under our ACCESS program we have
both the right and the obligation (subject to certain limitations in our agreement with the origination and servicing provider), to acquire the related loans. Since we initiated the program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we have acquired all
of the loans that have been originated. We currently anticipate that we will acquire and fund approximately $95 million in ACCESS loans during fiscal 2009.
For ACCESS loans that we acquire, we will bear the risks of collection. Thus, even though we will record the discount as a reduction to revenue, to the extent collections are less than the net amount of revenue
recorded, we may still experience increase in our allowance for doubtful accounts and our bad debt expense may increase. Factors that may impact our ability to collect these loans include general economic conditions, compliance with laws applicable
to the origination, servicing and collection of loans, the quality of our loan servicers performance and the priority that borrowers under this ACCESS loan program, particularly students who did not complete or were dissatisfied with their
programs of study, attach to repaying these loans as compared to other obligations. We also expect our notes and accounts receivable and days sales outstanding to increase from prior years.
A number of factors also may contribute to fewer students participating in the ACCESS program than we currently expect. Students may believe that loans
under this program are unattractive, or we may find that fewer students qualify for the program than we anticipate. If that occurs, fewer students may attend our schools.
Federal, state and local laws and public policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the loans that we would purchase under
this ACCESS program. Any violation of the various federal, state and local laws, including, in some instances, violations of these laws by parties not under our control, may result in losses on the loans that we purchase or may limit our ability to
collect all or part of the principal or interest on the loans that we purchase. This may be the case even if we are not directly responsible for the violations by such parties. Federal or state financial regulators also might delay or suspend the
new student loan program for a variety of reasons. Additionally, depending on the terms of the loans, state consumer credit regulators may assert that our activities in connection with the new student loan program require us to obtain one or more
licenses, registrations or other forms of regulatory approvals, any of which may not be able to be obtained in a timely manner, if at all.
We rely on a single company to provide financial aid processing for our students. If that company fails or refuses to timely provide such service, or materially increases its fees, our business could be harmed.
We utilize a single company to provide the financial aid packaging and processing for our students financial aid. We have experienced periodic
delays or backlogs of financial aid processing when this companys resources have become overburdened. If this company were to cease doing business with us, we could experience an interruption in financial aid processing for our students.
Although we believe we could find alternative service providers or we could begin to process financial aid in-house, we may be unable to establish relationships with alternative service providers that will be as favorable as the one we have now. For
example, new service providers may have higher prices, lower capacity, lower quality standards or longer delivery times. If we are unable to provide financial aid processing for our students in a timely and accurate manner, or if such services are
delayed or becomes more expensive, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
If students fail to pay their outstanding balances, our business will be harmed.
We offer a variety of payment plans to help students pay that portion of their education expense not covered by financial aid programs.
These balances are unsecured and not guaranteed. Losses related to unpaid student balances in excess of the amounts we have reserved could have a material adverse effect on our business.
27
Failure to effectively grow our revenues or reduce our expenses could harm our business.
From the inception of our business through fiscal 2004, we rapidly grew our company through both acquisitions and new branch campuses. Our
rapid growth in capacity resulted in additional operating expenses that have not been offset by higher revenues during the last four fiscal years. Accordingly, our operating margins have been significantly compressed. If we are unable to effectively
grow our revenues or reduce our expenses, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Our marketing and advertising efforts
may not be effective in attracting prospective students.
In order to maintain and increase our revenues and margins, we must
continue to attract new students in an effective and efficient manner. Over the last several fiscal years, we have increased the amounts spent on marketing and advertising, and we anticipate that this trend will continue. If we are unable to
successfully advertise and market our schools, our ability to attract and enroll new students could be adversely impacted and, consequently, our financial performance could suffer. We use marketing tools such as the Internet, radio, television and
print media advertising to promote our schools and programs. Our representatives also make presentations at high schools. If we are unable to utilize these advertising methods in a cost-effective manner or if our other costs limit the amount of
funds we can contribute to advertising, our revenue and margins may suffer. Additionally, we rely on the general reputation of our schools and referrals from current students, alumni and employers as a source of new students. Among the factors that
could prevent us from successfully marketing and advertising our schools and programs are the failure of our marketing tools and strategy to appeal to prospective students or current student and/or employer dissatisfaction with our program offerings
or results and diminished access to high school campuses.
If we cannot effectively identify, acquire and integrate additional
schools, it could harm our business.
We expect to continue to rely on acquisitions as a component of our growth strategy. We often
engage in evaluations of, and discussions with, possible acquisition candidates. We cannot make assurances that we will be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or that we will be able to acquire any of the acquisition candidates on
favorable terms. Furthermore, we cannot make assurances that any acquired schools can be successfully integrated into our operations or be operated profitably. Acquisitions involve a number of risks that include:
|
|
|
diversion of management resources;
|
|
|
|
integration of the acquired schools operations;
|
|
|
|
adverse short-term effects on reported operating results; and
|
|
|
|
possible loss of key employees.
|
Continued growth through acquisitions may also subject us to unanticipated business or regulatory uncertainties or liabilities. When we acquire an existing school, we typically allocate a significant portion of the purchase price to fixed
assets, curriculum, goodwill and intangibles, such as covenants not-to-compete, trade names and accreditations. For our acquisitions through fiscal 2002, we amortized goodwill and trade names over a period of 40 years and curricula over 3 to 15
years. Effective July 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, Accounting for Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, in its entirety. Under SFAS 142, goodwill is no longer amortized on a periodic basis, but
instead is subject to an impairment test to be performed at least on an annual basis. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives. In addition, our acquisition of a
school is a change of ownership of that school, which may result in the temporary suspension of that schools participation in federal student financial aid programs until it obtains the EDs approval. If we fail to successfully manage our
acquisitions, our business would likely suffer.
Failure to effectively manage opening new schools and adding new services could harm
our business.
Establishing new schools requires us to make investments in management, capital expenditures, marketing expenses and
other resources. To open a new school, we are also required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting agency approvals. In addition, to be eligible for federal student financial aid programs, the new school is required to be certified as eligible
to receive Title IV funds by the ED. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully open new schools in the future. Our failure to effectively manage the operations of newly established schools could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
Our success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key personnel.
We depend on key personnel, including Jack D. Massimino, Peter C. Waller, Kenneth S. Ord, Beth A. Wilson, William B. Buchanan, Mark L. Pelesh, Stan A.
Mortensen, Robert C. Owen and David A. Poldoian, to effectively operate our business. If any of these people left our Company and we failed to effectively manage a transition to new people, our business could suffer.
Our success also depends, in large part, upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school presidents and administrators and campus
support center management. We may have difficulty locating and hiring qualified personnel, and retaining such personnel once hired. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and
experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could cause our business to suffer.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and
Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company difficult.
Our certificate of incorporation, our by-laws and Delaware law
contain provisions that may delay, defer or inhibit a future acquisition of our Company not approved by our board of directors. These provisions are intended to encourage any person interested in acquiring us to negotiate with and obtain the
approval of our Board of Directors. Our certificate of incorporation also permits our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock with voting, conversion and other rights as it determines, without any further vote or action by our
stockholders. By using preferred stock, we could:
|
|
|
discourage a proxy contest;
|
|
|
|
make the acquisition of a substantial block of our common stock more difficult; or
|
|
|
|
limit the price investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
|
28
We face litigation that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
We and our schools are subject to various lawsuits, investigations and claims, covering a wide range of
matters, including, but not limited to, claims involving our current and former students, alleged violations of federal and state laws, false claims made to the federal government and routine employment matters. It is possible that we may be
required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs in excess of our insurance coverage or current reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operation. We could also incur substantial legal
costs, and managements attention and resources could be diverted from our business. Please see Item 3, Legal Proceedings, for more detailed information on these litigation risks.
Failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology could harm our business.
Prospective employers of our graduates increasingly demand that their entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills. Educational programs
at our schools, particularly programs in information technology, must keep pace with these evolving requirements. If we cannot respond to changes in industry requirements, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Competitors with greater resources could harm our business.
The post-secondary education market is highly competitive, and has become ever more so over the past several years. Our schools compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and
universities and other proprietary schools, including those that offer on-line learning programs. Some public and private colleges and universities, as well as other private career-oriented schools, may offer programs similar to those of our
schools. Although tuition at many private non-profit institutions is higher than tuition at our schools, some public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies, government and foundation
grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial sources not available to proprietary schools. Some of our competitors in both the public and private sectors have substantially greater financial and other resources than us.
Failure to obtain additional capital in the future could reduce our ability to grow.
We believe that funds from operations, cash, investments and access to our credit facility that expires in July 2010 will be adequate to fund our
currently identified plans. However, we may need additional debt or equity financing in order to carry out our strategy of growth through acquisitions. The amount and timing of such additional financing will vary depending on the timing and size of
acquisitions, our availability to access credit markets, and the sellers willingness to provide financing themselves. To the extent that we require additional financing in the future and are unable to obtain such additional financing, we may
not be able to fully implement our growth strategy.
If natural disasters, terrorist attacks, public transit strikes or economic
downturns occur in specific geographic areas where we have a high concentration of schools, our business could be harmed.
We have
large numbers of schools concentrated in certain geographic areas. For instance, we have a high concentration of schools in California, Florida, Texas, Georgia, Michigan, the Province of Ontario and other states and cities. We expect to continue to
have high concentrations of schools in large metropolitan areas as we create new branch campuses and acquire new schools. These geographic concentrations may change or intensify over time. If natural disasters, terrorist attacks, public transit
strikes, economic developments or other adverse events occur or are more intensively felt in some of these concentrated geographic areas, our business and results of operations could be disproportionately affected compared to the rest of the United
States and Canada.
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
29
Our campus support center office is
located in Santa Ana, California and our 106 campuses, as of June 30, 2008, are located in 24 states and in the province of Ontario, Canada. Each campus provides our students with lecture halls, instructional labs, libraries, Internet
access and other facilities.
We actively monitor the capacity of our facilities and the expected future capacity of our facilities
required to accommodate campus growth initiatives. From the beginning of fiscal 2004 through fiscal 2008, approximately 24% of the campuses have been relocated and an additional approximately 85% of total campuses have been either expanded or
remodeled. The following table reflects the number of campuses added, closed or combined, and the number of campuses that have been relocated, enlarged or remodeled in each of the last five fiscal years ended and has been updated to reflect solely
continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
Opened
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
1
|
|
72
|
Branched
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
3
|
|
5
|
|
10
|
Closed, combined or sold
|
|
0
|
|
2
|
|
17
|
|
12
|
|
23
|
Campuses at year end
|
|
106
|
|
106
|
|
108
|
|
122
|
|
128
|
Relocated
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
|
6
|
|
10
|
|
5
|
Enlarged or remodeled
|
|
10
|
|
6
|
|
12
|
|
32
|
|
30
|
All but four of our facilities are leased. In addition, we lease our campus support center
offices. Most of our leases have primary terms between 5 and 10 years with options to extend the lease, at our election.
Square footage of
our schools and colleges varies significantly based upon the type of programs offered and the market being served. Please see the section entitled Programs of Study in Item 1, Business, for square footage by location.
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
|
Legal Matters
In the ordinary conduct of its business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to lawsuits, demands in arbitration, investigations and other
claims, including, but not limited to, lawsuits and claims involving current and former students and employment-related matters. In some of the lawsuits and arbitrations pending against the Company, plaintiffs seek certification of the matter as a
class action in order to represent all other similarly-situated persons. None of the matters currently pending against the Company in which plaintiffs seek class certification have yet been certified as a class action. When the Company
is aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the loss
is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. There can be no
assurance that the ultimate outcome of any of the matters disclosed below will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition or results of operations.
On March 8, 2004, the Company was served with two virtually identical putative class action complaints entitled
Travis v. Rhodes Colleges,
Inc., Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Florida Metropolitan University,
and
Satz v. Rhodes Colleges, Inc., Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Florida Metropolitan University.
Additionally, on April 15, 2005, the Company received another
complaint entitled
Alan Alvarez, et al. v. Rhodes Colleges, Inc., Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Florida Metropolitan University, Inc.
The
Alvarez
first amended and supplemental complaint named ninety-nine plaintiffs. Additionally, the
court in the
Alvarez
case granted the plaintiffs motion to add an additional seven plaintiffs to the first amended and supplemental complaint. The named plaintiffs in these lawsuits are current and former students in the Companys
Florida Metropolitan University (FMU) campuses, now known as Everest University, in Florida and online. The plaintiffs allege that FMU concealed the fact that it is not accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools and that FMU credits are not transferable to other institutions. The
Satz
and
Travis
plaintiffs seek recovery of compensatory damages and attorneys fees under common law and Floridas Deceptive and
Unfair Trade Practices Act for themselves and all similarly situated people. The
Alvarez
plaintiffs seek damages on behalf of themselves under common law and Floridas Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act. The arbitrator in the
Satz
case found for the Company on all counts in an award on the Companys motion to dismiss.
Additionally, the Company
affirmatively filed arbitration actions against Ms. Travis and approximately ninety of the
Alvarez
plaintiffs seeking damages for their respective breaches of their obligations to file in arbitration rather than in court, and seeking
declaratory relief regarding their allegations. The arbitrator ruled against the Company in its affirmative claims against Ms. Travis, and the individual
Alvarez
arbitrations are pending. The Company has prevailed on its motions in court to
dismiss the court actions and compel arbitration in both the
Alvarez
and
Travis
matters. Ms. Travis has filed a motion to certify a class in her arbitration proceeding on behalf of all similarly situated persons, and the Company has
opposed that motion. The Company believes the plaintiffs claims in all of these matters are without merit and will vigorously defend itself, Rhodes Colleges, Inc., and FMU against these allegations.
From July 8, 2004 through August 31, 2004, various putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Central District
of California by certain alleged purchasers of the Companys common stock against the Company and certain of its former executive officers, David Moore, Dennis Beal, Paul St. Pierre and Anthony Digiovanni. On November 5, 2004, a lead plaintiff
was chosen and these cases were consolidated into one action. A first consolidated amended complaint was filed in
30
February 2005. The consolidated case is purportedly brought on behalf of all persons who acquired shares of the Companys common stock during a
specified class period from August 27, 2003 through July 30, 2004. The consolidated complaint alleges that, in violation of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act) and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the defendants made certain material misrepresentations and failed to disclose certain material facts about the condition of the Companys business and prospects during the putative class period, causing the
plaintiffs to purchase the Companys common stock at artificially inflated prices. The plaintiffs further claim that Messrs. Moore, Beal, St. Pierre and Digiovanni are liable under Section 20(a) of the Act. The plaintiffs seek unspecified
amounts in damages, interest, and costs, as well as other relief. On April 24, 2006, the U.S. District Court granted the Companys motion to dismiss the plaintiffs third consolidated amended complaint with prejudice. The plaintiff
appealed the dismissal to the Federal Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. On July 25, 2008, the Ninth Circuit unanimously affirmed the District Courts dismissal. The plaintiffs may seek a rehearing from the panel, an en banc review by the Ninth
Circuit, or review by the United States Supreme Court through a petition for writ of certiorari. The Company believes this matter is without merit and will continue to vigorously defend itself and its former officers in this matter.
Between July 21, 2004 and July 23, 2004, two derivative actions captioned
Collet, Derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore,
et al.,
and
Davila, Derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.
, were filed in the Orange County California Superior Court against David Moore, Dennis Beal, Dennis Devereux, Beth Wilson, Mary Barry, Stan
Mortensen, Bruce Deyong, Loyal Wilson, Jack Massimino, Linda Skladany, Paul St. Pierre, Michael Berry, and Anthony Digiovanni, and against the Company as a nominal defendant. Each individual defendant is one of the Companys current or former
officers and/or directors. The lawsuits allege breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and violations of the California corporations code, essentially based on the same
allegations of conduct complained of in the initial federal securities class action complaints. The
Collet
and
Davila
cases have now been consolidated into one action. A memorandum of understanding was executed by the parties resolving
the
Collet
and
Davila
cases, pending court approval, for an immaterial amount of attorneys fees to be paid by the Companys directors and officers insurance carrier to the plaintiffs lawyers, and with the
Company agreeing to certain corporate governance matters.
On August 2, 2006, the Company was served with two virtually identical
derivative complaints captioned
Adolf, Derivatively on behalf of nominal defendant Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.,
and
, Gunkel, Derivatively on behalf of nominal defendant Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et
al.
The complaints were filed in the Orange County California Superior Court against David Moore, Paul St. Pierre, Frank McCord, Dennis Devereux, Beth Wilson, Dennis Beal, Jack Massimino, Linda Skladany, and Hank Adler. Each individual defendant
is one of the Companys current or former officers and/or directors. The lawsuits allege breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment by the individual defendants related to the Companys past option grant practices. Three other similar
derivative actions were filed in Federal District Court for the Central District of California, one entitled
Pfeiffer, derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.,
the second entitled
M. Alvin Edwards, III,
derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.
and the third entitled
Lori Close, derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges Inc., v. David Moore et al.
The federal cases allege violation of the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934, violation of the California Corporations Code, unjust enrichment and return of unearned compensation, and breach of fiduciary duties, based on similar factual allegations to the
Adolph
and
Gunkel
cases
.
The
Pfeiffer
case is filed against the same defendants as the two state court cases. The
Close
and
Edwards
cases name the following individual defendants, all of whom are current and former directors and officers of the
Company: Dave Moore, Jack Massimino, Ken Ord, William Murtagh, William Buchanan, Robert Owen, Stan Mortensen, Mark Pelesh, Mary Barry, Beth Wilson, Dennis Devereux, Paul St. Pierre, Alice Kane, Terry Hartshorn, Linda Skladany, Hank Adler, Loyal
Wilson and Mike Berry. The federal derivative actions have since been consolidated in federal court; the state derivative actions have also been consolidated in state court. The parties are currently in settlement negotiations attempting to resolve
these lawsuits.
On October 3, 2007, the Company was notified that a
qui tam
action had been filed in the U.S. District Court
for the Central District of California by a former employee (the relator) on behalf of
31
himself and the federal government. The case is captioned
United States of America, ex rel. Steven Fuhr v. Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
The
qui
tam
action alleges violations of the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729-33, by the Company for allegedly causing false claims to be paid, or allegedly using false statements to get claims paid or approved by the federal government, because
of alleged Company violations of the Higher Education Act (the HEA) regarding the manner in which admissions personnel are compensated. The federal government has the right to intervene in, or take over,
a
qui tam
action.
If the government declines to intervene, the relator may elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and, if he is successful, receive a portion of the federal governments recovery. The Company has also been informed
that two other
qui tam
actions have been filed against the Company regarding alleged violations of the incentive compensation prohibitions in the HEA; both of these lawsuits remain under seal. The Company believes its compensation practices
regarding admissions personnel have been in compliance with applicable law and intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.
On October 17, 2007, the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department of Education, assisted by other federal and local authorities, served a search warrant at the Companys National School of Technology campus in
Fort Lauderdale, Florida. The search warrant sought a broad range of documents and records. The Company provided documents in response to the search warrant and is cooperating with the governments investigation.
On November 14, 2007, the Company was served with a putative class action complaint filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of
California captioned
Hardwick, et al. v. Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
The plaintiff is a former instructor at the Companys Merrionette Park, Illinois campus. Her complaint seeks certification of a class composed of all campus instructors
nationwide, alleging wage and hour violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as well as a class of Illinois instructors alleging violations of the Illinois Wage Payment and Collection Act and Illinois Eight-Hour Work Day Act. The complaint
seeks monetary damages, declaratory and injunctive relief and attorneys fees. The Company believes the complaint is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations.
The Company was notified that on December 31, 2007, a putative class action complaint entitled
Leask v. Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Corinthian
Schools, Inc., et al.
, was filed in the Santa Clara, California Superior Court. Plaintiffs are a former medical assisting student from the Companys Everest College (formerly Bryman College) campus in San Jose and her mother. The complaint
alleges violations of the California Education Code and of Californias Business and Professions Code Section 17200 related to allegedly missing or inadequate student disclosures and seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, attorneys
fees, and an unspecified amount of damages. Additionally, the complaint seeks to certify a class composed of all medical assisting students in California over the last four years. The Company believes the complaint is without merit and intends to
vigorously defend itself against these allegations.
On May 28, 2008, a putative class action demand in arbitration captioned
Rivera v.
Sequoia Education, Inc. and Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
was filed with the American Arbitration Association. The plaintiffs are nine current or former HVAC students from the Companys WyoTech Fremont and WyoTech Oakland campuses. The
arbitration demand alleges violations of Californias Business and Professions Code Sections 17200 and 17500, fraud and intentional deceit, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract and unjust enrichment / restitution, all related to
alleged deficiencies and misrepresentations regarding the HVAC program at these two campuses. The plaintiffs seek to certify a class composed of all HVAC students in the Companys WyoTech Fremont and WyoTech Oakland campuses over the past four
years, and seek recovery of compensatory and punitive damages, interest, restitution and attorneys fees and costs. The Company believes the complaint is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations.
In addition to the legal proceedings and other matters described above, the Company is or may become a party to pending or threatened
lawsuits related primarily to services currently or formerly performed by the Company. Such cases and claims raise difficult and complex factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties and complexities, including, but not limited to,
the facts and circumstances of each particular case or claim, the jurisdiction in which each suit is brought, and differences in applicable law.
As of June 30, 2008, the Company had established aggregate reserves of approximately $1.4 million for all of the matters disclosed above, as well as for those additional matters where the liabilities are probable and losses estimable but
for which the Company does not believe the matters are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Company. The Company regularly evaluates the reasonableness of its accruals and makes any adjustments considered necessary. Due to the
uncertainty of the outcome of litigation and claims, the Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate of the upper end of the range of potential liability for these matters. Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, the Company may incur
charges in excess of presently established reserves. While any such charge could have a material adverse impact on the Companys results of operations in the period in which it is recorded or paid, management does not believe that any such
charge would have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position or liquidity.
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.
32
PART II
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Dividend Policy
We have never paid cash dividends on
our common stock. Payment of dividends in the future, if at all, will depend upon our earnings and financial condition and various other factors our Board of Directors may deem appropriate at the time. Our amended credit agreement limits the payment
of cash dividends.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On October 27, 2005, the Companys Board of Directors approved a share repurchase of up to $70 million of the Companys common stock. From November 2005 through January 2006, the Company purchased
5,708,978 shares at a total cost of $70.0 million (an average share price of $12.26 per share). During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 the shares of treasury stock were retired.
On October 31, 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved a share repurchase of up to $50 million of the Companys common stock. From
November 2006 through May 2007, the Company purchased 2,256,638 shares at a total cost of $31.4 million (an average share price of $13.90 per share).
Price Range of Common Stock
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol
COCO. The approximate number of holders of record of our common stock as of August 21, 2008 was 36 and we believe the number of beneficial owners to be approximately 5,000. Our common stock was first listed on Nasdaq upon completion
of our initial public offering in February 1999.
On August 21, 2008 the closing price per share of common stock was $16.46 and
the range of high and low closing sales prices of our common stock, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market System, for each applicable quarter in fiscal 2007 and 2008, and the first quarter to date of fiscal 2009, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
Common Stock
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
Fiscal Years Ended June 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
14.34
|
|
$
|
10.81
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
13.92
|
|
|
11.29
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
14.41
|
|
|
13.00
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
16.29
|
|
|
13.60
|
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
16.51
|
|
$
|
12.99
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
17.80
|
|
|
14.49
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
14.60
|
|
|
6.62
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
13.35
|
|
|
7.55
|
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter through August 21, 2008
|
|
$
|
17.02
|
|
$
|
11.69
|
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans as of June 30, 2008
As of June 30, 2008, our equity compensation plans consisted of the 1998 Performance Award Plan (the 1998 Plan), the 2003 Performance
Award Plan as amended (the 2003 Plan), the 2004 New Hire Plan (the New Hire Plan) and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). The 1998 Plan, the 2003 Plan and the ESPP have all been approved by our
shareholders.
The New Hire Plan has not been approved by our shareholders. The Companys ability to issue new stock-based awards
under the New-Hire Plan was terminated as of November 17, 2005.
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Category
|
|
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
|
|
|
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants, and
rights
|
|
|
Number of securities remaining
available for future
issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column (a))
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
11,207,008
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
13.63
|
(3)
|
|
5,664,043
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
103,625
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
16.07
|
(3)
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
11,310,633
|
|
|
$
|
13.65
|
(3)
|
|
5,664,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes 620,691 shares to be issued upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), for which no exercise price will be paid.
|
(2)
|
Includes 10,725 shares to be issued upon the vesting of RSUs, for which no exercise price will be paid.
|
(3)
|
For purposes of calculating weighted average exercise price, RSUs are assumed to have an exercise price of $0.
|
Performance Graph
The following graph shows a
comparison of cumulative total returns for Corinthian, the Russell 2000 Index and an index of peer companies selected by Corinthian during the period commencing on June 30, 2003 and ending on June 30, 2008. The comparison assumes $100 was
invested on June 30, 2003 in the Common Stock, the Russell 2000 Index and the peer companies selected by Corinthian and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends, if any. The companies in the peer group, all of which are education companies,
are weighted according to their market capitalization. Included in the peer group are: Apollo Group Inc., Career Education Corporation, DeVry, Inc., ITT Educational Services, Inc., Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, Universal Technical
Institute, Inc. and Strayer Education, Inc. The performance graph takes into account the two-for-one stock split of the Companys common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend in March 2004.
34
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following selected
financial data are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The selected statement of operations data and the balance sheet data set forth below as of and for each of the 5 years ended June 30, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues (1)
|
|
$
|
1,068,671
|
|
|
$
|
919,224
|
|
|
$
|
907,815
|
|
|
$
|
908,934
|
|
|
$
|
757,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services
|
|
|
625,481
|
|
|
|
528,125
|
|
|
|
507,832
|
|
|
|
499,267
|
|
|
|
395,284
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
114,938
|
|
|
|
110,654
|
|
|
|
92,677
|
|
|
|
85,327
|
|
|
|
64,199
|
|
Marketing and admissions
|
|
|
276,875
|
|
|
|
248,447
|
|
|
|
240,373
|
|
|
|
215,466
|
|
|
|
169,442
|
|
Impairment, facility closing, and severance charges
|
|
|
6,603
|
|
|
|
9,693
|
|
|
|
4,170
|
|
|
|
18,165
|
|
|
|
6,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,023,897
|
|
|
|
896,919
|
|
|
|
845,052
|
|
|
|
818,225
|
|
|
|
635,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
44,774
|
|
|
|
22,305
|
|
|
|
62,763
|
|
|
|
90,709
|
|
|
|
121,900
|
|
Interest (income)
|
|
|
(3,376
|
)
|
|
|
(6,244
|
)
|
|
|
(5,772
|
)
|
|
|
(3,397
|
)
|
|
|
(1,349
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
1,793
|
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
3,162
|
|
|
|
4,209
|
|
|
|
3,204
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(1,387
|
)
|
|
|
(1,039
|
)
|
|
|
(1,137
|
)
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
47,744
|
|
|
|
26,777
|
|
|
|
66,510
|
|
|
|
89,737
|
|
|
|
119,884
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
14,879
|
|
|
|
9,950
|
|
|
|
24,025
|
|
|
|
33,501
|
|
|
|
46,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
32,865
|
|
|
|
16,827
|
|
|
|
42,485
|
|
|
|
56,236
|
|
|
|
73,485
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(11,598
|
)
|
|
|
(9,595
|
)
|
|
|
(1,003
|
)
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
2,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
21,267
|
|
|
$
|
7,232
|
|
|
$
|
41,482
|
|
|
$
|
58,423
|
|
|
$
|
75,696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income per common sharebasic (2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income per common sharediluted (2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
|
$
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
84,954
|
|
|
|
85,887
|
|
|
|
88,627
|
|
|
|
90,678
|
|
|
|
89,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
86,013
|
|
|
|
87,097
|
|
|
|
89,973
|
|
|
|
92,760
|
|
|
|
94,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
13,613
|
|
|
$
|
38,804
|
|
|
$
|
118,714
|
|
|
$
|
127,925
|
|
|
$
|
124,392
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(36,568
|
)
|
|
|
(27,095
|
)
|
|
|
(51,588
|
)
|
|
|
(127,890
|
)
|
|
|
(173,948
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(44,914
|
)
|
|
|
51,122
|
|
|
|
(89,829
|
)
|
|
|
11,153
|
|
|
|
60,344
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(54,880
|
)
|
|
|
(70,977
|
)
|
|
|
(56,054
|
)
|
|
|
(76,556
|
)
|
|
|
(74,600
|
)
|
Number of colleges/training centers at end of period
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
Student population at end of period
|
|
|
69,211
|
|
|
|
61,332
|
|
|
|
59,924
|
|
|
|
61,439
|
|
|
|
60,195
|
|
Starts during the period (3)
|
|
|
100,210
|
|
|
|
88,699
|
|
|
|
86,521
|
|
|
|
89,490
|
|
|
|
82,203
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
32,004
|
|
|
$
|
99,789
|
|
|
$
|
36,805
|
|
|
$
|
57,863
|
|
|
$
|
46,709
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
55,900
|
|
|
|
41,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
91,827
|
|
|
|
124,563
|
|
|
|
74,342
|
|
|
|
105,108
|
|
|
|
51,971
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
704,479
|
|
|
|
737,976
|
|
|
|
670,006
|
|
|
|
674,572
|
|
|
|
561,462
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
62,491
|
|
|
|
112,913
|
|
|
|
31,402
|
|
|
|
54,243
|
|
|
|
46,366
|
|
Long-term capital lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
14,689
|
|
|
|
15,141
|
|
|
|
14,151
|
|
|
|
12,198
|
|
|
|
12,406
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
422,022
|
|
|
$
|
385,422
|
|
|
$
|
399,528
|
|
|
$
|
410,825
|
|
|
$
|
341,104
|
|
(1)
|
Represents student tuition and fees and bookstore sales, net of refunds.
|
(2)
|
All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend in March 2004.
|
(3)
|
Represents the new students starting school during the periods presented.
|
36
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
|
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Selected Financial Data and the Companys Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.
Background and Overview
As of June 30, 2008, we operated 106 colleges, with more than 69,200 students, in 24 states and the province of Ontario, Canada. During the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2008, the Company had net revenues of $1,068.7 million. Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees and are presented as net revenues after adjustments for refunds related to students who do not complete
their courses. We recognize revenues pro-rata (on a straight-line basis) over the relevant period attended by the student of the applicable course or program.
Net revenues from continuing operations increased 16.3% to $1,068.7 million in 2008 from $919.2 million in 2007. The increase is primarily due to a 5.8 % increase in the average revenue rate per student and an
increase of 9.8% in the average student population during the period. The student population varies depending on, among other factors, the number of (i) continuing students at the beginning of a fiscal period, (ii) new student enrollments
during the fiscal period, (iii) students who have previously withdrawn but who reenter during the fiscal period, and (iv) graduations and withdrawals during the fiscal period. New student starts typically occur several times per month in
the diploma-granting colleges. In the degree-granting colleges, the majority of new student starts occur in the first month of each calendar quarter with an additional mini-start in the second month of each quarter in most colleges. The
tuition charges vary by college depending on the local market, the program level (diploma, associates, bachelors or masters degree) and the specific curriculum.
The majority of students at our colleges rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. In fiscal 2008, approximately 81.0% of our net revenues, on a cash basis, were derived from federal student financial aid programs.
37
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts on those financial statements. Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including,
but not limited to, those related to our allowance for doubtful accounts, insurance/self-insurance, goodwill and intangible assets, deferred taxes, discontinued operations, contingencies and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different conditions or if our assumptions change.
Our
critical accounting estimates are those which we believe require our most significant judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. A discussion of our critical accounting estimates is as follows:
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We determine the adequacy of this allowance by regularly reviewing the accounts receivable aging and applying various expected loss percentages to certain student accounts receivable categories
based upon historical bad debt experience. We generally write off accounts receivable balances deemed uncollectible as they are sent to collection agencies. We offer a variety of payment plans to help students pay that portion of their education
expense not covered by financial aid programs. These balances are unsecured and not guaranteed. We believe our reserves are adequate; however, losses related to unpaid student balances could exceed the amounts we have reserved for bad debts. The
effect of an increase in our allowance of 3% of our outstanding receivables from 25.5% to 28.5% or $39.3 million to $44.0 million would result in a decrease in pre-tax income of $4.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2008.
Many of our students in the U.S. participate in federally guaranteed student loan programs. The federally guaranteed student loans are authorized by the
Higher Education Act (HEA) of 1965 and are guaranteed by an agency of the federal government. The guaranteed loans are not guaranteed by us, and the guaranteed student loans cannot become an obligation of ours. Accordingly, we do not
record an obligation to repay any of the guaranteed loans that are not repaid by our former students and we do not record either a contingent obligation or an allowance for future obligations as a result of student defaults of federally guaranteed
student loans.
However, if an institutions former students default rate on guaranteed loans (Cohort Default Rate) equals or
exceeds 25% for three consecutive years, the institution may lose participation eligibility in the guaranteed loan program and its students would be denied access to the guaranteed loan program. Our
38
institutions Cohort Default Rates act as a gatekeeper to their eligibility to participate in the federal student financial aid programs. We have no
obligation to repay any of the federally guaranteed loans that our former students default upon, even if the Cohort Default Rates of our students exceed permitted levels. Rather, if the Cohort Default Rates at a particular institution exceed 25% for
three consecutive years under current calculations, the institutions students may lose eligibility to receive federal student financial aid. Under the recently enacted legislation to reauthorize the HEA, a separate calculation will be
performed that will add an additional federal fiscal year of borrowers repayment performance. This percentage will increase to 30% after three years of Cohort Default Rates calculated with the additional federal fiscal year are available, and
then become applicable to the imposition of sanctions.
Insurance/Self-Insurance.
We use a combination of insurance and
self-insurance for a number of risks including claims related to employee heath care, workers compensation, general liability, and business interruption. Liabilities associated with these risks are estimated based on, among other things,
historical claims experience, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The Companys loss exposure related to self- insurance is limited by stop loss coverage. Our expected loss accruals are based on estimates, and while we believe the
amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the amounts provided.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
. We have
significant goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired, including identified intangible assets. We consider a number of factors, including valuations and
appraisals from independent valuation firms, in determining the amounts that are assignable to other intangible assets, such as curriculum, accreditation, and trade names. We, however, are ultimately responsible for the valuations. The fair value of
identified intangible assets is derived using accepted valuation methodologies, including cost, market, and income approaches, as appropriate, following consultations with valuation firms and in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations (SFAS No. 141), and requirements set forth by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.
The Company does not amortize goodwill, accreditation, or trade names as these assets meet the indefinite life criteria outlined in SFAS No. 142, Accounting for Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Curricula continue to be amortized over their useful lives ranging generally from three to fifteen years and the amortization is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Goodwill is tested annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment, by comparing its fair value to its carrying amount at
the reporting unit level as defined by SFAS No. 142. We determined the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach that includes discounted cash flow as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. To the extent the
fair value of a reporting unit is less that the carrying amount of its assets, we record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment, by comparing their fair values to their carrying amounts. To the extent the fair value of an
intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, we record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations. For instance, if we were to discontinue the use of a trade name or lose accreditation at one or more of our acquired
schools to which we have ascribed value for trade names and accreditation, we would test the amounts we have allocated to such assets for impairment. Such testing would include estimating the future cash flows expected to be received from the trade
names and accreditation and comparing them to their carrying values. If our estimate of the present value of these future cash flows were below the carrying values of the related assets, we would consider the assets to be impaired and take a charge
against the amounts we had allocated to trade names and accreditation.
The determination of related estimated useful lives of intangible
assets and whether or not these intangible assets are impaired involves significant judgment. Although we believe our goodwill and intangible assets are fairly stated, changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these
judgments and require adjustments to asset balances.
Discontinued Operations.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company
decided to divest the WyoTech Oakland campus. We believe that the campus meets the criteria necessary for such an entity to qualify as assets held for sale under the specific provision of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company completed the teach-out of its Lynnwood WA, Everett WA, and Atlanta GA campuses. Concurrent with the closure of the Atlanta
campus, the related institution was also closed. Accordingly, the results of operations of the campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of income for all periods presented.
Under SFAS 144, the net assets held for sale are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, less costs to sell. Accordingly,
during the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge of approximately $2.6 million, net of income tax benefit of $1.2 million, to accrue future rental payments related to the closed campuses and to reduce the carrying value of the net assets of
our campuses held for sale and closed to estimated fair value, less costs to sell, as of June 30, 2008 (primarily related to the accrued rent of $2.8 million and the impairment of fixed assets in the amount of $1.0 million). The charge is
reflected as a component of loss from discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statement of Operation for the year ended June 30, 2008. We expect to have no significant continuing involvement with the schools after they have been sold or closed.
Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an additional reserve of approximately $2.2 million (net of
tax) taken against receivables related to the Atlanta campus.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company decided to divest all of its
CDI campuses outside of the province of Ontario, Canada, as well as the WyoTech Boston campus (the Sale Group). The schools were sold in fiscal year 2008. Accordingly, the results of operations of the campuses within the Sale Group are
reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. Under SFAS 144, the net assets held for sale are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, less costs to sell.
Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a charge of approximately $5.4 million, net of income tax benefit of $0.3 million, to reduce the carrying value of the net assets of our campuses held for sale to estimated fair value, less
costs to sell, as of June 30, 2007 (primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the amount of $5.0 million for the divested CDI Schools). We have no significant continuing involvement with the schools that have been sold.
39
Effective February 29, 2008 the Company completed the sale of its 12 Canadian schools located
outside the province of Ontario to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Eminata Group, for a cash payment of CAD $3.0 million. This payment consists of the purchase price of CAD $7.4 million less preliminary negative working capital and other
adjustments equal to CAD $4.4 million. This cash payment is subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
Effective May 1, 2008, the Company completed the sale of its WyoTech Boston campus. The transaction is subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
Deferred Taxes
. We currently have deferred income tax assets which are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are
established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. Realization of our deferred income tax assets is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred income tax liabilities. We evaluate the realizability of our deferred income tax assets annually. In addition, we review our income tax filing positions quarterly and update our tax contingency reserves as necessary under FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), adopted this fiscal year. See Note 9Income Taxes.
Contingencies.
In the ordinary conduct of the business, we are subject to occasional lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students and graduates and routine employment matters. When we
are aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss can reasonably estimated, we record a liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable
or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we disclose the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. There can be no assurance that the ultimate
outcome of any of the lawsuits, investigations or claims pending against us will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Stock-based Compensation
. In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123(R)), which amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, supercedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to measure all
employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair value method and record such expense in its consolidated financial statements. In addition, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) requires additional accounting and disclosure related to the
income tax and cash flow effects resulting from share-based payment arrangements. SFAS No. 123(R) is effective beginning as of the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. Accordingly, we adopted SFAS
No. 123(R) during the first quarter of fiscal 2006 in accordance with the modified-prospective-transition method and began recognizing compensation expense for stock options which vested during the year.
Acquisitions/Dispositions
Since our inception, we
have completed the following acquisitions and disposals. Each acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations related to the transactions are included in our consolidated results of operations
since their respective dates:
On June 30, 1995, we acquired five colleges from National Education Corporation. As part
of the same transaction, we subsequently acquired from National Education Corporation a second group of five colleges on September 30, 1995 and an additional six colleges on December 31, 1995. The adjusted purchase price for all 16
colleges was approximately $4.7 million in cash.
From July 1, 1996 through October 17, 1996, we acquired a total
of 20 colleges in 3 separate transactions for a purchase price of $24.2 million in cash.
On January 18, 2000, we
acquired substantially all of the assets of Harbor Medical College, which operated one college in Torrance, California, for approximately $300,000 in cash.
On April 1, 2000, we acquired substantially all of the assets of the Georgia Medical Institute, which operated three colleges in the greater Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, for approximately $7.0 million in
cash.
On June 1, 2000, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Academy of Business College, Inc. which operated
one college in Phoenix, Arizona, for approximately $1.0 million in cash.
On October 23, 2000, we acquired
substantially all of the assets of Educorp, Inc. which operated four colleges in California, for approximately $12.6 million in cash.
On November 1, 2000, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Computer Training Academy, Inc. which operated two colleges in northern California, for approximately $6.1 million in cash. We closed one campus
in April 2002 and combined the second campus with another campus in close proximity in June 2004.
On February 1, 2001,
we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Grand Rapids Educational Center, Inc., which operated three campuses in Michigan and Illinois, for approximately $2.8 million in cash.
40
On April 1, 2002, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of National School of
Technology, Inc., which operated three campuses in the greater Miami, Florida area, for approximately $14.4 million in cash.
On July 1, 2002, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of WyoTech Acquisition Corporation, which operated two colleges in Laramie, Wyoming and Blairsville, Pennsylvania. The cash purchase price was $84.4 million and was funded
through cash on hand and approximately $43 million provided from our credit facility.
On January 2, 2003, we acquired
substantially all of the assets of Learning Tree University, Inc. and LTU Extension, Inc., which operated two training centers in southern California, for approximately $5.3 million in cash of which $2.0 million was deferred subject to achieving
certain operating performance criteria. We closed the two LTU training centers in May 2004.
On August 1, 2003, we
acquired all of the outstanding stock of Career Choices, Inc., which operated 10 campuses in California, Washington and Oregon, for approximately $56.3 million, financed through a combination of available cash and borrowings from our credit
facility. We combined one of the campuses in Washington with other campuses in close proximity in June 2004.
On
August 6, 2003, we acquired substantially all of the assets of East Coast Aero Tech, LLC, which operated one campus in Massachusetts, for approximately $3.2 million plus or minus certain balance sheet adjustments, financed through a combination
of available cash and borrowings from our credit facility.
On August 19, 2003, we acquired approximately 89% of the
outstanding shares of common stock of CDI Education Corporation (CDI) through a tender offer to acquire all of the outstanding shares of common stock. As of October 7, 2003, we had acquired all shares of CDI for approximately $42.1
million and the assumption of approximately $10 million of debt and other liabilities. We funded the acquisition with available cash and borrowings from our credit facility. CDI operated 45 post-secondary colleges and 15 corporate training centers
throughout Canada. In October 2003, we completed the acquisition of CMA Careers, Inc. located in Kitchener, Ontario, Canada. The intent to acquire this campus by CDI had been agreed to prior to our acquisition of CDI. We combined one of the CDI
campuses with another campus in close proximity in April 2004 and closed 11 campuses and one training center in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006 we completed the sale of substantially all the assets of CDIs corporate training division, CDI
Education, whereby we sold the remaining training centers. The Company recognized a gain of approximately $1.4 million (pre-tax) which is included within other (income) expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
On August 4, 2004, we acquired substantially all of the assets of A.M.I., Inc. (AMI) for approximately $11 million, plus
the assumption of certain liabilities of approximately $0.5 million. We funded the acquisition with available cash. AMI operates one campus in Daytona Beach, Florida that offers accredited diploma programs to prepare students for jobs as motorcycle,
marine, and personal watercraft technicians.
Effective February 29, 2008 the Company completed the sale of its 12
Canadian schools located outside the province of Ontario to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Eminata Group, for a cash payment of CAD $3.0 million. This payment consists of the purchase price of CAD $7.4 million less preliminary negative working
capital and other adjustments equal to CAD $4.4 million. This cash payment is subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
Effective May 1, 2008, the Company completed the sale of its WyoTech Boston campus. The transaction is subject to a final working
capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
Results of Operations
Comparisons of results of operations between the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 are
complicated by the opening of 3 branch campuses in fiscal 2006. The Company slowed the roll-out of new branch campuses during fiscal 2008 and 2007, and became very selective in its acquisition criteria, in order to focus on achieving better
utilization of the significant new capacity it obtained prior to fiscal 2005.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company decided to
divest the WyoTech Oakland campus. We believe that the campus meets the criteria necessary for such an entity to qualify as assets held for sale under the specific provision of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of
Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company completed the teach-out of its Lynnwood WA, Everett WA, and Atlanta GA campuses. Accordingly, the results of operations of the campuses are
reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of income for all periods presented.
41
Under SFAS 144, the net assets held for sale are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at
estimated fair value, less costs to sell. Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge of approximately $2.6 million, net of income tax benefit of $1.2 million, to accrue future rental payments related to the closed campuses
and to reduce the carrying value of the net assets of our campuses held for sale and closed to estimated fair value, less costs to sell, as of June 30, 2008 (primarily related to the accrued rent of $2.8 million and the impairment of fixed
assets in the amount of $1.0 million). The charge is reflected as a component of loss from discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statement of Operation for the year ended June 30, 2008. We expect to have no significant continuing involvement
with the schools after they have been sold or closed.
Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an
additional reserve of approximately $2.2 million (net of tax) taken against receivables related to the Atlanta campus, which was taught out in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company decided to divest all of its CDI campuses outside of the province of Ontario, Canada, as well as the
WyoTech Boston campus (the Sale Group). The schools were sold in fiscal year 2008. Accordingly, the results of operations of the campuses within the Sale Group are reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of
income for all periods presented. Under SFAS 144, the net assets held for sale are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, less costs to sell. Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a charge of
approximately $5.4 million, net of income tax benefit of $0.3 million, to reduce the carrying value of the net assets of our campuses held for sale to estimated fair value, less costs to sell, as of June 30, 2007 (primarily related to the
impairment of goodwill in the amount of $5.0 million for the divested CDI Schools). We have no significant continuing involvement with the schools that have been sold.
Effective February 29, 2008 the Company completed the sale of its 12 Canadian schools located outside the province of Ontario to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Eminata Group, for a cash payment of CAD $3.0
million. This payment consists of the purchase price of CAD $7.4 million less preliminary negative working capital and other adjustments equal to CAD $4.4 million. This cash payment is subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the
process of being quantified.
Effective May 1, 2008, the Company completed the sale of its WyoTech Boston campus. The transaction is
subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
During November 2005, the company completed the
sale of substantially all the assets of its corporate training division, CDI Education, which provided technology (IT) and business skills training at 14 locations throughout Canada and had revenues of approximately CAD $37 million (30 million USD)
in fiscal year end June 30, 2005.
We categorize our expenses as educational services, general and administrative, and marketing and
admissions. Educational services expenses primarily consist of those costs incurred to deliver and administer the education programs at the colleges, including faculty and college administration compensation; college facility rent and other
occupancy costs; bad debt expense; education materials and supplies; bookstore and classroom expenses; depreciation and amortization of college property and equipment; default management expenses and financial aid processing costs.
General and administrative expenses consist principally of those costs incurred at the campus support center and regional level in support of college
operations, except for marketing and admissions related costs. Included in general and administrative expenses are costs relating to executive management, campus support center staff and regional operations management compensation; depreciation and
amortization of corporate property and equipment and certain intangibles; rent and other occupancy costs for campus support center; and other expenses incurred at campus support center. Additionally, all bonus and other incentive compensation
expenses are included in general and administrative expenses.
Marketing and admissions expenses include compensation for college
admissions staff, regional admissions personnel, compensation expenses for marketing management, and all direct marketing and production costs.
42
The following table summarizes our operating results as a percentage of net revenues for the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
|
55.9
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
10.8
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Marketing and admissions
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
26.5
|
|
Impairment, facility closing, and severance charges
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
97.6
|
|
|
93.1
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Interest (income)
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2007
Net Revenues
. Net revenues increased $149.5 million, or 16.3%, from $919.2 million in fiscal 2007 to $1,068.7 million. The increase is primarily
due to a 5.8% increase in the average revenue rate per student and a 9.8% increase in the average student population during the period. At June 30, 2008, student population related to continuing operations was 69,211, compared with 61,332 at
June 30, 2007. Total student starts related to continuing operations increased 13.0% to 100,210 for the year ended June 30, 2008 when compared to the prior year. As of June 30, 2008 and 2007, we operated 106 colleges.
Educational Services
. Educational services expenses include direct operating expenses of the schools consisting primarily of payroll and payroll
related expenses, rents, occupancy, supplies expenses, bad debt expense and other educational related expenses. Educational services expenses increased $97.4 million, or 18.4%, from $528.1 million in fiscal 2007 to $625.5 million in fiscal 2008. As
a percentage of net revenues, educational services expenses increased from 57.5% of revenues in fiscal 2007 to 58.5% of revenues in fiscal 2008. The increase, as a percent of revenues, was due primarily to an increase in bad debt expenses. Bad debt
expense in fiscal 2008 amounted to $72.8 million and 6.8% of net revenues, compared to $52.6 million or 5.7% of net revenues in fiscal 2007. The increase in bad debt expense was primarily due to additional exposure the Company incurred to student
receivables as a result of the contraction of liquidity in the credit markets for subprime borrowers.
General and Administrative
.
General and administrative expenses include incentive bonuses and corporate payroll related expenses, campus support center office rents and occupancy expenses, professional fees and other support related expenses. General and administrative
expenses increased $4.2 million, or 3.8%, from $110.7 million in fiscal 2007 to $114.9 million in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of net revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased from 12.0% of net revenues in fiscal 2007 to 10.8% of net
revenues in fiscal 2008. The decrease as a percent of revenues was primarily the result of lower legal costs, partially offset by an increase in incentive compensation.
Marketing and Admissions.
Marketing and admissions expenses consist primarily of payroll and payroll related expenses, direct-response and other advertising expenses, promotional materials and other related
marketing costs. Marketing and admissions expenses increased $28.5 million, or 11.5%, from $248.4 million in fiscal 2007 to $276.9 million in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of net revenues, marketing and admissions expenses decreased from 27.0% of net
revenues in fiscal 2007 to 25.9% of net revenues in fiscal 2008. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in advertising, partially offset by an increase in costs related to admissions personnel. The cost per start decreased $38, or
1.4%, from $2,801 in fiscal 2007 to $2,763 in fiscal 2008.
43
Impairment, Facility Closing and Severance Charges.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we
incurred impairment, facility closing and severance charges of $6.6 million. Of that amount, approximately $4.8 million is related to a loss on student loan receivables associated with the Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia campuses. These schools were
branches of the Atlanta, Georgia campus. Due to accreditation issues, the Atlanta campus was closed and placed in discontinued operations. In addition, the Company recorded lease termination costs of $0.9 million related to student housing and a
severance charge of $0.9 million.
Provision for Income Taxes
. The effective income tax rate was 31.2% of income before income taxes
in fiscal 2008 compared to 37.2% of income before income taxes in fiscal 2007. The reduction in the effective rate was due to a reduction in the liability for uncertain tax positions following the completion of the IRS exam for fiscal years 2004
through 2006 and the filing of an application for a change in accounting method with the IRS during the third quarter of fiscal 2008. Additionally, during the fourth quarter we recognized a benefit related to the Pennsylvania Keystone
Opportunity Zone Credit for taxes paid during fiscal years 2004 to 2007.
Discontinued Operations.
The loss of $11.6 million
in discontinued operations includes the operating results of the campuses closed and held for sale as well as lease costs related to the closure of the Atlanta campus and a reserve of approximately $2.2 million (net of tax) taken against receivables
related to the Atlanta campus.
Year Ended June 30, 2007 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2006
Net Revenues
. Net revenues increased $11.4 million, or 1.3%, from $907.8 million in fiscal 2006 to $919.2 million. The increase is primarily due to
a 2.3% increase in the average revenue rate per student partially offset by a 1.5% decrease in the average student population during the period. At June 30, 2007, student population related to continuing operations was 61,332, compared with
59,924 at June 30, 2006. Total student starts related to continuing operations increased 2.5% to 88,699 for the year ended June 30, 2007 when compared to the prior year. As of June 30, 2007, we operated 106 colleges compared to 108
colleges as of June 30, 2006.
Educational Services
. Educational services expenses include direct operating expenses of the
schools consisting primarily of payroll and payroll related expenses, rents, occupancy, supplies expenses, bad debt expense and other educational related expenses. Educational services expenses increased $20.3 million, or 4.0%, from $507.8 million
in fiscal 2006 to $528.1 million in fiscal 2007. As a percentage of net revenues, educational services expenses increased from 55.9% of revenues in fiscal 2006 to 57.5% of revenues in fiscal 2007. The increase, as a percent of revenues, was due
primarily to an increase in facility and bad debt expenses. As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately 79 square feet of school space per student as compared to 75 square feet of school space per student as of June 30, 2006. As the costs of
operating our facilities are largely fixed in nature, this lower level of capacity utilization negatively affects educational services expenses as a percent of revenues. Bad debt expense in fiscal 2007 amounted to $52.6 million and 5.7% of net
revenues, compared to $46.3 million or 5.1% of net revenues in fiscal 2006.
General and Administrative
. General and administrative
expenses include incentive bonuses and corporate payroll related expenses, campus support center office rents and occupancy expenses, professional fees and other support related expenses. General and administrative expenses increased $18.0 million,
or 19.4%, from $92.7 million in fiscal 2006 to $110.7 million in fiscal 2007. As a percentage of net revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 10.2% of net revenues in fiscal 2006 to 12.0% of net revenues in fiscal 2007. The
increase as a percent of revenues was primarily the result of increases in litigation reserves of approximately $6.5 million, primarily related to the California Attorney Generals investigation, outside professional service fees of
approximately $5.7 million related to the review of historic stock option grants by the Special Committee of the Board of Directors, and travel-related costs associated with training and implementation of a new admissions process.
Marketing and Admissions.
Marketing and admissions expenses consist primarily of payroll and payroll related expenses, direct-response and other
advertising expenses, promotional materials and other related marketing costs. Marketing and admissions expenses increased $8.0 million, or 3.3%, from $240.4 million in fiscal 2006 to $248.4 million in fiscal 2007. As a percentage of net revenues,
marketing and admissions expenses increased from 26.5% of net revenues in fiscal 2006 to 27.0% of net revenues in fiscal 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in advertising and personnel costs. The cost per start increased
$23, or 0.8%, from $2,778 in fiscal 2006 to $2,801 in fiscal 2007.
Impairment, Facility Closing and Severance Charges.
During
fiscal 2007 the decision was made to consolidate additional brands as the Company continues to establish the national Everest brand. As a result of the decision, the Company reviewed the related intangible asset of trade name for possible impairment
in accordance with SFAS 142. Based on the results of the review, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $4.8 million, which primarily consists of the trade name value impacted by the name change. The company also recorded lease termination
costs of $1.4 related to student housing, a facility closing charge of $0.6, million related to the campus in Victoria, British Columbia, and approximately $2.9 million related to severance expense, partially associated with the retirement of David
Moore as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as an employee of the Company.
Provision for Income Taxes
. The effective income tax
rate was 37.2% of income before income taxes in fiscal 2007 compared to 36.1% of income before income taxes in fiscal 2006.
44
Seasonality and Other Factors Affecting Quarterly Results
Our revenues normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments and
student attrition. Historically, our colleges, schools and training centers have had lower student populations in the first fiscal quarter than in the remainder of the year. Our expenses, however, do not vary as significantly as student population
and revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a result of acquisitions, new branch openings, new program adoptions and increased
enrollments from recent high school graduates. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period. See the footnote entitled Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited) of the
Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
On August 10, 2007, we executed Amendment No. 1 to our Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility dated June 8, 2005. The amendment, which
was effective as of June 30, 2007, adjusted the maintenance level for the fixed charge coverage ratio. All other terms of the facility remained unchanged including the aggregate borrowing capacity of $235 million, of which $175 million is a
domestic facility and $60 million is a Canadian facility. The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement expires in 2010. The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement has been established to provide available funds for acquisitions, to fund
general corporate purposes, and to provide for letters of credit issuances of up to $50 million for domestic letters of credit and $20 million for Canadian letters of credit. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at several pricing
alternatives available to us, including Eurodollar and adjusted reference or base rates. The domestic base rate is defined as the higher of the Federal Funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% or the Bank of America prime rate. The Canadian base rate is defined as
the higher of the average rate for 30 day Canadian Dollar bankers acceptances plus 3/4 of 1% or the Bank of America Canada prime rate. The agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants including financial covenants requiring
the maintenance of consolidated net worth, fixed charge coverage ratios, leverage ratios, and a ED financial responsibility composite score ratio. As of June 30, 2008, we were in compliance with all of the covenants. As of June 30, 2008,
the credit facility had borrowings outstanding of $62.5 million and approximately $13.0 million was used to support standby letters of credit. The second amended and restated credit agreement is secured by the stock of our significant operating
subsidiaries and it is guaranteed by our present and future significant operating subsidiaries.
Working capital amounted to $91.8 million
as of June 30, 2008 and $124.6 million as of June 30, 2007 and the current ratio was 1.7:1 in fiscal 2008 and 1.8:1 in fiscal 2007. Average daily borrowings outstanding amounted to approximately $31.8 million in fiscal 2008, $31.4 million
in fiscal 2007 and $41.7 million in fiscal 2006. The decrease in working capital compared to June 30, 2007 is primarily due to additional cash borrowed for purposes of calculating our composite score during the prior year.
Cash flows provided by operating activities amounted to $13.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared to $38.8 million in fiscal 2007 and
$118.7 million in fiscal 2006. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable due to the transition from Sallie Mae private loans to the
Companys ACCESS loan program, and the Company not drawing down approximately $27 million of Title IV funds as of June 2008 (which was subsequently collected in July 2008). Included in cash flows from operating activities is ($2.6) million,
($8.3) million, and ($0.4) million of net cash (used in) provided by operating activities related to discontinued operations for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007, and fiscal 2006, respectively.
Cash flows used in investing activities amounted to $36.6 million in fiscal 2008, $27.1 million in fiscal 2007 and $51.6 million in fiscal
2006. During fiscal 2008, we received $2.9 million related to the sale of the CDI Sales Group. During fiscal 2006, we received $18.6 million related to the sale of our corporate training division.
Capital expenditures amounted to $54.9 million in fiscal 2008, $71.0 million in fiscal 2007 and $56.1 million in fiscal 2006. Capital
expenditures were incurred to open 3 new branch campuses in fiscal 2006. Capital expenditures were also incurred to relocate, remodel and enlarge campuses. During fiscal 2008, we incurred capital expenditures to relocate 2 campuses and to enlarge or
remodel 10 campuses and during fiscal 2007, we incurred capital expenditures to relocate 2 campuses and to enlarge or remodel 6 campuses. Capital expenditures of approximately $25.2 million, $17.9 million and $9.3 million were incurred to purchase
and to integrate software in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. Included in cash flows from investing activities are capital expenditures of $0.1 million, $1.3 million, and $2.5 million related to discontinued operations for
fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007, and fiscal 2006, respectively.
During fiscal 2008 investments in marketable securities decreased ($15.0)
million. During fiscal 2007 and 2006, investments in marketable securities decreased and increased ($40.9) million and $14.5 million, respectively.
Cash flows used in financing activities amounted to $44.9 million in fiscal 2008. Cash flows provided by financing activities amounted to $51.1 million in fiscal 2007. Cash flows used in financing activities amounted to $89.8 million in
fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2008, cash used in financing activities consisted of repayment of borrowings of $52.2 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of $7.3 million. During
fiscal 2007, cash provided by financing activities consisted of proceeds from borrowings of $80.0 million and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $4.0 million, partially offset by the purchase of treasury stock of $31.4 million and
payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $1.5 million. During fiscal 2006, cash used in financing activities primarily consisted of the purchase and retirement of treasury stock of $70.0 million and principal repayments of
long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $27.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of $7.5 million.
45
Historically, we had developed several loan programs with origination and servicing providers such as
Sallie Mae for students with low credit scores who otherwise would not qualify for loans. These loan programs required that we pay a discount fee to the origination and servicing providers of the loans as a reserve against future defaults on these
loans. We have historically referred to these types of loans as discount loans, since we incurred a portion of the default risk related to these students loans by taking a discount on the disbursement. As collectability of these
amounts in not reasonably assured we had recorded this discount as a reduction to revenue.
Effective in the third quarter of fiscal 2008
we were informed by Sallie Mae and two other origination and servicing providers that they would no longer make private loans available for students who present higher credit risks (i.e. subprime borrowers). In the face of this change in policy, we
have created a lending program with a different origination and servicing provider who specializes in subprime credit that has characteristics similar to our previous discount loan programs. Under this new program, which we refer to as
our ACCESS program, we pay a discount to the origination and servicing provider. As with our previous discount loan program, we record the discount as a reduction to revenue as collectability of these amounts is not reasonably assured. However,
unlike our previous discount loan programs, under our ACCESS program, we have both the right and an obligation to acquire the related loan except in certain circumstances where the origination and servicing provider does not comply with the terms of
our agreement. Since we initiated the program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we have acquired all of the loans that have been originated. We anticipate that we will acquire and fund approximately $95 million in ACCESS loans in fiscal 2009.
We believe that our working capital, cash flow from operations, access to operating leases and borrowings available from our amended
credit agreement will provide us with adequate resources for our ongoing operations and planned capital expenditures through fiscal 2009.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
As of June 30, 2008, future minimum cash payments due under contractual
obligations, including our credit agreement, mortgages, and non-cancelable operating and capital lease agreements, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments due by period (in thousands)
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
Less than
1 year
|
|
1-3 years
|
|
4-5 years
|
|
More than
5 years
|
Long-Term Debt (1)
|
|
$
|
62,491
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
62,491
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations
|
|
|
29,051
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
3,992
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
18,967
|
Operating Lease Obligations
|
|
|
526,339
|
|
|
78,937
|
|
|
141,149
|
|
|
107,862
|
|
|
198,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
617,881
|
|
$
|
80,933
|
|
$
|
207,632
|
|
$
|
111,958
|
|
$
|
217,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Long-term debt consists of a revolving credit facility. The related obligation of $62.5 million does not reflect interest amounts due under the credit facility. See Note 6 for
additional information related to the Companys credit facility.
|
The United States ED requires that Title IV Program
funds collected in advance of student billings be kept in a separate cash or cash equivalent account until the students are billed for the program portion related to those funds. In addition, all Title IV Program funds received by our schools
through electronic funds transfer are subject to certain holding period restrictions. These funds are also deposited into a separate account until the restrictions are satisfied. As of June 30, 2008, we held nominal amounts of such funds in
separate accounts. The restrictions on any cash held have not significantly affected our ability to fund daily operations.
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations. We do not utilize interest rate swaps, forward or option contracts on foreign currencies or commodities, or other types of derivative financial
instruments to manage these risks.
Interest Rate Exposure
. As of June 30, 2008, our only assets or liabilities subject to
risks from interest rate changes are (i) debt under the credit facility in the aggregate amount of $62.5 million and capital lease obligations of $15.1 million, and (ii) student notes receivable, net, in the aggregate amount of $17.0
million. Our capital lease obligations and student notes receivable are all at fixed interest rates. We do not believe we are subject to material risks from reasonably possible near-term changes in market interest rates.
Foreign Currency Exposure
. A portion of our operations consists of an investment in a foreign subsidiary whose functional currency is the Canadian
dollar. Our investment in our foreign operations as of June 30, 2008 was approximately CAD $39.4 million and we had borrowings outstanding under the credit facility of approximately CAD $28 million. As a result, the consolidated financial
results have been and could continue to be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
46
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The
following financial statements and schedule of the Company and its subsidiaries are included below on pages 56-90 and page 93 of this report:
47
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
We have audited Corinthian Colleges, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on criteria
established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Corinthian Colleges, Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted
our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Corinthian Colleges, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008,
based on the COSO criteria
.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Corinthian Colleges, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended June 30, 2008 of Corinthian Colleges, Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated August 25, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Orange County,
California
August 25, 2008
48
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Corinthian Colleges, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of
June 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted
our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Corinthian Colleges, Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2008 and 2007,
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2008 the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards
Boards Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. As discussed in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2006 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.
123(R), Share-Based Payment and adopted Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements, (SAB 108).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Corinthian
Colleges, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and
our report dated August 25, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Orange County, California
August 25, 2008
49
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
32,004
|
|
|
$
|
99,789
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $39,309 and $22,721 at June 30, 2008 and 2007,
respectively
|
|
|
115,085
|
|
|
|
68,382
|
|
Student notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,143 and $953 at June 30, 2008 and 2007,
respectively
|
|
|
4,478
|
|
|
|
3,785
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
37,669
|
|
|
|
25,756
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
32,729
|
|
|
|
44,366
|
|
Assets held for sale from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3,507
|
|
|
|
18,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
225,472
|
|
|
|
275,802
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
226,514
|
|
|
|
214,215
|
|
OTHER ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
|
191,950
|
|
|
|
189,954
|
|
Other intangibles, net
|
|
|
40,118
|
|
|
|
41,583
|
|
Student notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,917 and $2,497 at June 30, 2008 and 2007,
respectively
|
|
|
12,562
|
|
|
|
6,140
|
|
Deposits and other assets
|
|
|
4,203
|
|
|
|
4,654
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
3,660
|
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
Assets held for sale from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
704,479
|
|
|
$
|
737,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
29,124
|
|
|
$
|
38,803
|
|
Accrued compensation and related liabilities
|
|
|
48,626
|
|
|
|
34,627
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
17,795
|
|
Prepaid tuition
|
|
|
45,176
|
|
|
|
49,455
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
|
373
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Liabilities held for sale from discontinued operations
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
|
10,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
133,645
|
|
|
|
151,239
|
|
LONG-TERM CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, net of current portion
|
|
|
14,689
|
|
|
|
15,141
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion
|
|
|
62,491
|
|
|
|
112,913
|
|
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
28,912
|
|
|
|
32,339
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
42,720
|
|
|
|
40,200
|
|
LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, 120,000 shares authorized: 87,475 issued and 85,219 shares outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 86,773 issued and 84,516 shares
outstanding at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
178,542
|
|
|
|
160,312
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
274,437
|
|
|
|
255,594
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
422,022
|
|
|
|
385,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
$
|
704,479
|
|
|
$
|
737,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
50
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
NET REVENUES
|
|
$
|
1,068,671
|
|
|
$
|
919,224
|
|
|
$
|
907,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services (including bad debt expense of $72,757, $52,607 and $46,278 for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively)
|
|
|
625,481
|
|
|
|
528,125
|
|
|
|
507,832
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
114,938
|
|
|
|
110,654
|
|
|
|
92,677
|
|
Marketing and admissions
|
|
|
276,875
|
|
|
|
248,447
|
|
|
|
240,373
|
|
Impairment, facility closing and severance charges
|
|
|
6,603
|
|
|
|
9,693
|
|
|
|
4,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,023,897
|
|
|
|
896,919
|
|
|
|
845,052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
44,774
|
|
|
|
22,305
|
|
|
|
62,763
|
|
Interest (income)
|
|
|
(3,376
|
)
|
|
|
(6,244
|
)
|
|
|
(5,772
|
)
|
Interest expense (net of capitalized interest of $2,054, $915, and $323 for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively)
|
|
|
1,793
|
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
3,162
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(1,387
|
)
|
|
|
(1,039
|
)
|
|
|
(1,137
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
47,744
|
|
|
|
26,777
|
|
|
|
66,510
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
14,879
|
|
|
|
9,950
|
|
|
|
24,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
|
|
|
32,865
|
|
|
|
16,827
|
|
|
|
42,485
|
|
(LOSS) INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax (benefit) expense of ($5,346), ($1,963), and ($311) for the years ended June 30,
2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively
|
|
|
(11,598
|
)
|
|
|
(9,595
|
)
|
|
|
(1,003
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME
|
|
$
|
21,267
|
|
|
$
|
7,232
|
|
|
$
|
41,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME PER SHAREBASIC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME PER SHAREDILUTED:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
84,954
|
|
|
|
85,887
|
|
|
|
88,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
86,013
|
|
|
|
87,097
|
|
|
|
89,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
51
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Par
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2005
|
|
91,202
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
$
|
139,927
|
|
|
$
|
(2,408
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
273,175
|
|
|
$
|
410,825
|
|
Equity based compensation charge-net of tax upon adoption of SAB 108 (see Note 7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,680
|
)
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of July 1, 2005 upon adoption of SAB 108
|
|
91,202
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
146,116
|
|
|
|
(2,408
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
267,495
|
|
|
|
411,334
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,482
|
|
|
|
41,482
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,408
|
)
|
|
|
2,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock from employee stock purchase plan and exercise of stock options, including tax benefit
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,202
|
|
Treasury stock repurchase and Retirement
|
|
(5,709
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,384
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,615
|
)
|
|
|
(69,999
|
)
|
Stock based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2006
|
|
86,238
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
150,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
|
248,362
|
|
|
|
399,528
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,232
|
|
|
|
7,232
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
616
|
|
Other post employment benefit transition adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(673
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(673
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock from employee stock purchase plan and exercise of stock options, including tax benefit
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,659
|
|
Treasury stock repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
Stock based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
86,773
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
160,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
255,594
|
|
|
|
385,422
|
|
Adoption of FIN 48 (See Note 9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,424
|
)
|
|
|
(2,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of July 1, 2007 upon adoption of FIN 48
|
|
86,773
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
160,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
253,170
|
|
|
|
382,998
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,267
|
|
|
|
21,267
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
Other post employment benefit adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock from employee stock purchase plan and exercise of stock options, including tax benefit
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,338
|
|
Stock based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
87,475
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
$
|
178,542
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(31,368
|
)
|
|
$
|
402
|
|
|
$
|
274,437
|
|
|
$
|
422,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
52
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FROM CONTINUED AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
21,267
|
|
|
$
|
7,232
|
|
|
$
|
41,482
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
44,777
|
|
|
|
43,064
|
|
|
|
39,269
|
|
Stock based compensation
|
|
|
10,892
|
|
|
|
6,428
|
|
|
|
8,699
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(14,257
|
)
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
(2,339
|
)
|
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
|
(1,232
|
)
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
10,494
|
|
|
|
2,293
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(40,294
|
)
|
|
|
(21,542
|
)
|
|
|
(5,779
|
)
|
Student notes receivable, net
|
|
|
(7,107
|
)
|
|
|
(4,063
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
12,411
|
|
|
|
(942
|
)
|
|
|
14,114
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(11,350
|
)
|
|
|
4,018
|
|
|
|
5,600
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
10,808
|
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
|
6,644
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
(9,111
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Prepaid tuition
|
|
|
(5,199
|
)
|
|
|
(7,973
|
)
|
|
|
7,166
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
(1,022
|
)
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
2,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
13,613
|
|
|
|
38,804
|
|
|
|
118,714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposals (acquisitions) of schools, colleges and training centers, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,594
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(54,880
|
)
|
|
|
(70,977
|
)
|
|
|
(56,054
|
)
|
Change in restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
2,972
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
Sales of marketable securities
|
|
|
94,450
|
|
|
|
258,950
|
|
|
|
181,100
|
|
Purchases of marketable securities
|
|
|
(79,450
|
)
|
|
|
(218,050
|
)
|
|
|
(195,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(36,568
|
)
|
|
|
(27,095
|
)
|
|
|
(51,588
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal repayments on capital lease obligations and long-term debt
|
|
|
(52,196
|
)
|
|
|
(1,514
|
)
|
|
|
(27,291
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan (including tax benefit of $550, $1,000, and $2,000 for the years
ending June 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively)
|
|
|
7,282
|
|
|
|
4,004
|
|
|
|
7,461
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,368
|
)
|
|
|
(69,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(44,914
|
)
|
|
|
51,122
|
|
|
|
(89,829
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
1,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(67,785
|
)
|
|
|
62,994
|
|
|
|
(21,058
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year
|
|
|
99,789
|
|
|
|
36,795
|
|
|
|
57,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year
|
|
$
|
32,004
|
|
|
$
|
99,789
|
|
|
$
|
36,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
18,509
|
|
|
$
|
8,794
|
|
|
$
|
22,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
|
|
$
|
3,320
|
|
|
$
|
2,964
|
|
|
$
|
2,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions of various schools, colleges and training centers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease additions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(4,300
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term asset obligation
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(4,300
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
53
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2008
Note 1Description of the Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of the Business
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
(the Company), a Delaware corporation, was formed in October 1996 during a reorganization transaction with a predecessor company which was accounted for as a recapitalization.
As of June 30, 2008, the Company operated 89 colleges in 24 states and 17 colleges in the Ontario, Canada province in the for-profit, post-secondary
education industry. All of the Companys U.S. schools are accredited and grant either diplomas or degrees (associates, bachelors and masters) and offer educational opportunities from an extensive and diverse curricula library
with an emphasis on four primary concentrations: allied health, business, technology and criminal justice. All of the Canadian schools grant diplomas and are regulated by the provincial ministry of education responsible for registering or licensing
the for-profit educational institutions. Through its On-Line Learning division, the Company also offers an online learning alternative available to students pursuing education exclusively online. Revenues generated from the Companys schools
consist primarily of tuition and fees paid by students. To pay for a substantial portion of their tuition, the majority of students rely on funds received from federal financial aid programs under Title IV (Title IV Programs) of the
Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA). For further discussion, see Concentration of Risk below and the footnote describing Governmental Regulation.
Fiscal Year
Each fiscal year ends June 30.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Corinthian Colleges, Inc. and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany activity has been eliminated in consolidation.
Financial Statement Estimates
The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements. Actual
results could differ from estimated amounts.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company invests cash in excess of operating requirements in short-term time deposits, money market instruments and other investments. Securities with
maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents.
Marketable Securities
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting For Certain Debt and Equity Securities requires that
all applicable investments be classified as trading securities, available-for-sale securities or held-to-maturity securities. The Company does not currently have any trading securities or held-to-maturity securities.
Securities classified as available-for-sale may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs and for other purposes.
Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value and include all debt and equity securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading. Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and
reported, net of any income tax effect, as a separate component of stockholders equity. Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available-for-sale are reported in earnings. All available-for-sale securities mature within one
year and substantially consist of fixed income and money market mutual funds. At June 30, 2008 and 2007 there were no unrealized gains or losses from available-for-sale securities.
54
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, marketable securities, receivables and accounts payable approximates their fair value at
June 30, 2008 and 2007. In addition, the carrying value of all borrowings approximate fair value at June 30, 2008 and 2007.
Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure
or refusal of its students to make required payments. The Company determines the adequacy of this allowance by regularly reviewing the accounts receivable aging and applying various expected loss percentages to certain student accounts receivable
categories based upon historical bad debt experience. The Company generally will write-off accounts receivable balances deemed uncollectible as they are sent to collection agencies. The Company offers a variety of payment plans to help students pay
that portion of their education expense not covered by financial aid programs. These balances are unsecured and not guaranteed.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are being depreciated or amortized utilizing the straight-line method over the following
estimated useful lives:
|
|
|
Furniture and equipment
|
|
7 years
|
Computer hardware and software
|
|
3-10 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Shorter of useful life or term of lease
|
Buildings (owned)
|
|
39 years
|
Internal Software Development Costs
Corinthian Colleges capitalizes certain internal software development costs in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1 that are amortized using the
straight-line method over the estimated lives of the software. Capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, and payroll-related costs for employees directly
associated with the internal software development project. Capitalization of such costs ceases at the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The
unamortized computer software costs which are included within the Property and Equipment caption of the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $49.4 million and $28.4 million at June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The majority of the costs relate
to our new Student Management System that will be placed in-service during fiscal 2009. The total amount of amortization expense related to capitalized computer software costs recognized within operating expenses on the Consolidated Statement of
Operations, was $3.3 million, $2.6 million, and $2.2 million at June 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with SFAS
No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144 requires the recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted
cash flows attributable to such assets. The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets on an annual basis or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances or the business climate indicate that expected undiscounted future
cash flows related to such long-lived assets may not be sufficient to support the net book value of such assets. If undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to support the recorded assets, impairment is recognized to reduce the carrying value of
the long-lived assets to the estimated fair value. Cash flow projections, although subject to a degree of uncertainty, are based on trends of historical performance and managements estimate of future performance, giving consideration to
existing and anticipated competitive and economic conditions. Additionally, in conjunction with the review for impairment, the remaining estimated lives of certain of the Companys long-lived assets are assessed.
Discontinued Operations
Assets and liabilities
expected to be sold or disposed of are presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets as assets or liabilities held for sale from discontinued operations. When components of the Company are classified as held for sale, the results of
operations of the components are presented separately as Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net, for current and prior periods. See Note 2 Discontinued Operations of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for
further discussion of our discontinued operations.
55
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company has significant goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets
acquired, including identified intangible assets. The Company considers a number of factors, including valuations and appraisals from independent valuation firms, in determining the amounts that are assignable to other intangible assets, such as
curriculum, accreditation, and trade names. The Company, however, is ultimately responsible for the valuations. The fair value of identified intangible assets is derived using accepted valuation methodologies, including cost, market, and income
approaches, as appropriate, following consultations with valuation firms and in accordance with SFAS No. 141 Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141), and requirements set forth by the Uniform Standards of Professional
Appraisal Practice.
The Company does not amortize goodwill, accreditation, or trade names as these assets meet the indefinite life
criteria outlined in SFAS No. 142, Accounting for Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Curricula continue to be amortized over their useful lives ranging generally from three to fifteen years and the amortization
is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Goodwill is tested annually
or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment, by comparing its fair value to its carrying amount at the reporting unit level as defined by SFAS No. 142. The Company determined the fair value of its reporting units using the
income approach that includes discounted cash flow as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. To the extent the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of its assets, the Company records an impairment charge
in the Statements of Operations.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate
potential impairment, by comparing their fair values to their carrying amounts. To the extent the fair value of an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company records an impairment charge in the Statements of Operations. For
instance, if the Company were to discontinue the use of a trade name or lose accreditation at one or more of its acquired schools to which it has ascribed value for trade names and accreditation, the Company would test the amounts it had allocated
to such assets for impairment. Such testing would include estimating the future cash flows expected to be received from the trade names and accreditation and comparing them to their carrying values. If the estimate of the present value of these
future cash flows were below the carrying values of the related assets, the Company would consider the assets to be impaired and take a charge against the amounts it had allocated to trade names and accreditation.
The determination of related estimated useful lives of intangible assets and whether or not these intangible assets are impaired involves significant
judgment. Although the Company believes its goodwill and intangible assets are fairly stated, changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require adjustments to asset balances.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes
as prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial
amounts, using currently enacted tax laws.
Effective July 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on
derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods and
income tax disclosures.
The Company has deferred tax assets, which are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation
allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income
offset by deferred tax liabilities. The Company evaluates the realizability of the deferred tax assets annually.
Foreign Currency Translation
The financial position and results of operations of the Companys direct and indirect Canadian subsidiaries are measured using the
local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of the Canadian subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates. Income and expense items are translated at monthly average rates
of exchange. The resultant translation adjustments are included as a component of Stockholders Equity designated as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other
than the functional currency are immediately recognized in earnings.
56
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Comprehensive Income
For the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company had comprehensive income as defined by SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, of $20.8 million, $7.2 million and
$42.3 million, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, comprehensive income consisted of net income, SFAS No. 158 adoption and amortization, and foreign currency translation adjustment. For the year ended
June 30, 2006, comprehensive income consists of net income and foreign currency translation adjustments. The cumulative translation adjustment balance for the total operations of the Company included within other comprehensive income is $1.4
million, $1.5 million, and $0.9 million as of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2007, and June 30, 2006, respectively. The cumulative other post employment benefit balance for the total operations of the Company included within other comprehensive income is
$1.0 million, $0.7 million, and $0.0 million as of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2007, and June 30, 2006, respectively.
Revenue Recognition, Accounts
Receivable and Prepaid Tuition
Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught in the Companys
colleges and schools. Revenues from tuition and fees are recognized pro-rata (on a straight-line basis) over the relevant period attended by the student of the applicable course or program. Our pro-rata revenue recognition policy for diploma schools
calculates revenue on a daily basis for some of the Companys schools and using a mid-month convention for other schools. If a student withdraws from a course or program, the paid but unearned portion of the students tuition is refunded.
Refunds are calculated and paid in accordance with applicable federal, state and institutional refund policies. Textbook sales and other revenues are recognized as sales occur or services are performed and represent less than 10% of total revenues.
Prepaid tuition is the portion of payments received but not earned and is reflected as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as such amounts are expected to be earned within the next year.
Students attending the Companys institutions enroll in either (i) diploma programs, which cover a specific area of training over a discrete
length of time (averaging nine months for such programs) or (ii) courses leading to an associates, bachelors or masters degree. Costs of programs or credit hours for courses are clearly
identified in the Companys enrollment agreements. At the start of each students respective program or course of study leading to a degree, the student executes an enrollment agreement which specifies the field of
study, the expected length of study, and the cost of the program or course. The Company recognizes revenue from tuition and fees on a straight-line basis over the relevant period attended by the student of the applicable course or program of study.
If a student withdraws from an institution, the Company ceases recognition of revenue and the paid but unearned portion of the students tuition is refunded. Additionally, to ensure the delivery of education has occurred, either attendance is taken
or academic events are conducted at appropriate intervals to ensure that the student is completing his or her respective field of study within the acceptable time period.
Educational Services
Educational services include the direct operating expenses of the schools
consisting primarily of payroll and payroll related expenses, rents, occupancy and supplies expenses, bad debt expense and other educational related expenses.
Marketing and Admissions
Marketing and admissions expense includes compensation for college admissions staff, regional
admissions personnel, compensation expenses for marketing and advertising management, and all direct marketing and production costs. Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred except for brochures and media production costs. The brochures
and media production costs are recorded as prepaid expenses and charged to expense as consumed or upon the first airing of the advertisement, respectively. Advertising expenses amounted to approximately $156.0 million, $152.8 million, and $148.4
million for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Insurance/Self-Insurance
The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks including claims related to employee heath care, workers
compensation, general liability, and business interruption. Liabilities associated with these risks are estimated based on, among other things, historical claims experience, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The Companys loss
exposure related to self-insurance is limited by stop loss coverage. The expected loss accruals are based on estimates, and while the Company believes the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the amounts provided.
The Company previously operated a Bryman College in New Orleans, Louisiana that suffered significant damage as a result of Hurricane
Katrina in August 2005. At the time of the event, the Company had business interruption and property damage coverage for this location. As of June 30, 2007 the Company had recovered approximately $5.8 million in business interruption and
property damage insurance that has been recognized within educational services expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
57
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Post Retirement Benefit Obligation
The Company provides certain post retirement benefits to a limited number of its previous employees and their families, which were historically accounted
for in accordance with SFAS No. 106 Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158 Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other
Postretirement Plansan amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158 requires recognition of the funded status of such plans as an asset or liability, with changes in the funded status
recognized through comprehensive income in the year in which they occur. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 for its fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
Stock-Based Compensation
During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in accordance
with the modified-prospective-transition method and began recognizing compensation expense for stock options which vested during the year. Stock-based compensation expense of $10.9 million, $6.4 million and $8.7 million (pre-tax) was recorded
for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation recognized in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.5, $2.1 and $2.2 million, respectively. The impact of stock-based compensation (net of tax)
on fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 is $0.11, $0.05 and $0.07 for both basic and diluted EPS, respectively.
Income Per Share
The Company accounts for net income per common share in accordance with SFAS No. 128 Earnings Per Share and SFAS No. 129,
Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure. Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
net income per common share is computed by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units, utilizing the treasury
stock method.
Segment Information
The Companys operations are aggregated into a single reportable operating segment based upon similar economic and operating characteristics as well as similar markets. The Companys operations are also subject to similar
regulatory environments. The Company conducts its operations in the U.S. and Canada. Revenues and long-lived assets by geographic area are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Revenues from unaffiliated customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. operations
|
|
$
|
1,004,372
|
|
$
|
862,154
|
|
$
|
845,389
|
Canadian operations
|
|
|
64,299
|
|
|
57,070
|
|
|
62,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
1,068,671
|
|
$
|
919,224
|
|
$
|
907,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. operations
|
|
$
|
419,690
|
|
$
|
407,168
|
|
$
|
375,952
|
Canadian operations
|
|
|
59,317
|
|
|
55,006
|
|
|
64,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
479,007
|
|
$
|
462,174
|
|
$
|
440,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Companys consolidated revenues or
receivables. Revenues are attributed to regions based on the location of customers.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In June, 2006 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies, among other things, the accounting for uncertain income tax positions by prescribing a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement income tax benefit is
recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position, that based solely on its technical merits is more likely than not to be
58
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater
than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. FIN 48 must be applied to all existing tax positions upon adoption. The cumulative effect of applying FIN 48 at adoption is required to be reported separately as an adjustment to
the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption. Effective July 1, 2007 the Company adopted FIN 48. See Note 9Income Taxes.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure
requirements about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB released a FASB Staff Position, which delayed the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or
disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. SFAS No. 157 is effective for us on July 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 on our financial assets and liabilities, which are principally comprised of cash and cash
equivalents, is currently being evaluated. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of
FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). Under SFAS 159, companies have an opportunity to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at
fair value. The Company has elected not to adopt the provisions of SFAS 159 to fair value the financial assets and liabilities existing at June 30, 2008.
Concentration of Risk
The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents accounts in financial institutions. Accounts at
these institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $100,000. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit its concentration risk exposure.
The Company extends credit for tuition to a majority of its students. A substantial portion is repaid through the students participation in
federally funded financial aid programs. Transfers of funds from the financial aid programs to the Company are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of Education (ED) requirements. Approximately 81%, 75% and 75% of the
Companys revenues, on a cash basis, were collected from funds distributed under Title IV Programs of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the HEA) for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The
financial aid and assistance programs are subject to political and budgetary considerations. There is no assurance that such funding will be maintained at current levels. Extensive and complex regulations govern the financial assistance programs in
which the Companys students participate. The Companys administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potential adverse actions
including a suspension, limitation, placement on reimbursement status, or termination proceeding which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
If any of the Companys institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, the students at that institution would lose access to funds derived from those programs
and would have to seek alternative sources of funds to pay their tuition and fees. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through an ED prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are
generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of study. Students typically apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and fees. The transfer of
funds is from the financial aid program to the student, who then uses those funds to pay for a portion of the cost of their education. The receipt of financial aid funds reduces the students amounts due to the Company and has no impact on
revenue recognition, as the transfer relates to the source of funding for the costs of education which may occur either through Title IV or other funds and resources available to the student.
The Company has routinely provided installment payment plans to many of its students to supplement their federally funded financial aid. In the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company created the ACCESS lending program with an origination and servicing provider that specializes in subprime credit. Under this new program, the Company pays a discount to the origination and servicing provider that
is recorded as a reduction to revenue as the collectability of these amounts is not reasonably assured. The Company has both the right and obligation (subject to certain limitations in the agreement with the origination and servicing provider) to
acquire the related loans. Since the program was initiated, the Company has acquired all of the loans that have been originated totaling approximately $13.1 million as of June 30, 2008. For ACCESS loans acquired, the Company bears the risks of
collection. While these loans are unsecured, the Company believes it has adequate reserves against these loan balances. However, there can be no assurance that losses will not exceed reserves. Losses in excess of reserves could have a material
adverse effect on the Companys business.
Note 2Discontinued Operations
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company decided to divest the WyoTech Oakland campus. We believe that the campus meets the criteria necessary for
such an entity to qualify as assets held for sale under the specific provision of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2008,
the Company completed the teach-out of its Lynnwood WA, Everett WA, and Atlanta GA campuses. Accordingly, the results of operations of the campuses are reflected as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods
presented.
Under SFAS 144, the net assets held for sale are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, less
costs to sell. Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge of approximately $2.6 million, net of income tax benefit of $1.2 million, to accrue future rental payments related to the closed campuses and to reduce the carrying
value of the net assets of our campuses held for sale and closed to estimated fair value, less costs to sell, as of June 30, 2008 (primarily related to the accrued rent of $2.8 million and the impairment of fixed assets in the amount of $1.0
million). The charge is reflected as a component of loss from discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statement of Operation for the year ended June 30, 2008. We expect to have no significant continuing involvement with the schools after they
have been sold or closed.
Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an additional reserve of
approximately $2.2 million (net of tax) taken against receivables related to the Atlanta campus.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the
Company decided to divest all of its CDI campuses outside of the province of Ontario, Canada, as well as the WyoTech Boston campus (the Sale Group). These campuses were sold in fiscal year 2008. Accordingly, the results of operations of
the campuses within the Sale
59
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Group are reflected as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented. Under SFAS 144, the net assets held for
sale are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, less costs to sell. Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a charge of approximately $5.4 million, net of income tax benefit of $0.3 million, to
reduce the carrying value of the net assets of our campuses held for sale to estimated fair value, less costs to sell, as of June 30, 2007 (primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the amount of $5.0 million for the divested CDI
Schools). We have no significant continuing involvement with the schools that have been sold.
Effective February 29, 2008 the Company
completed the sale of its 12 Canadian schools located outside the province of Ontario to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Eminata Group, for a cash payment of CAD $3.0 million. This payment consists of the purchase price of CAD $7.4 million less
preliminary negative working capital and other adjustments equal to CAD $4.4 million. This cash payment is subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
Effective May 1, 2008, the Company completed the sale of its WyoTech Boston campus. The transaction is subject to a final working capital adjustment
that is in the process of being quantified.
The Company estimates that the employee retention and severance costs associated with these
transactions is approximately $2.7 million, which has been paid as of June 30, 2008.
Combined summary results of operations for
the campuses identified above are reflected as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30 2008, 2007, and 2006, and are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the fiscal years ending
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Total Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
32,575
|
|
|
$
|
51,790
|
|
|
$
|
58,831
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax, including estimated loss on disposal
|
|
|
(16,944
|
)
|
|
|
(11,558
|
)
|
|
|
(1,314
|
)
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(5,346
|
)
|
|
|
(1,963
|
)
|
|
|
(311
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net (loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
(11,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,595
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,003
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined summary of assets and liabilities of the campuses identified above at June 30, 2008
and 2007, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,109 and $2,741 at June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
7,465
|
Student notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4 and $2 at June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
11
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
Prepaids & other current assets
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
1,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
2,929
|
|
|
8,809
|
Property, and equipment, net
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
7,858
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,907
|
Other Intangibles, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,599
|
Deposits & other assets
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
3,507
|
|
$
|
20,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
419
|
|
$
|
343
|
Accrued compensation and related liabilities
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
1,214
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
2,524
|
|
|
258
|
Prepaid tuition
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
5,387
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
7,202
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
3,141
|
|
$
|
10,897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Note 3Detail of Selected Balance Sheet Accounts
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Prepaids
|
|
$
|
23,131
|
|
$
|
22,876
|
Course materials
|
|
|
2,904
|
|
|
6,607
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
2,096
|
Income tax refund receivable
|
|
|
5,612
|
|
|
12,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,729
|
|
$
|
44,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Furniture and equipment
|
|
$
|
133,381
|
|
|
$
|
121,997
|
|
Computer hardware and software
|
|
|
106,106
|
|
|
|
75,612
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
131,451
|
|
|
|
119,992
|
|
Land
|
|
|
2,098
|
|
|
|
1,888
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
38,423
|
|
|
|
37,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411,459
|
|
|
|
357,212
|
|
Lessaccumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(184,945
|
)
|
|
|
(142,997
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
226,514
|
|
|
$
|
214,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense associated with property and equipment was $42.6 million,
$38.4 million and $34.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The amortization for leasehold improvements included in the totals above, was approximately $17.0 million, $15.6 million and
$11.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The gross cost of assets recorded under capital building leases, included above, totaled approximately $16.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2008 and
2007. The accumulated amortization related to these assets is approximately $4.4 million and $3.6 million as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The amortization expense associated with these capital lease assets is included in
total depreciation expense.
In accordance with its policy on impairment of long-lived assets, the Company identified impairment losses for
assets to be held and used during fiscal 2007 and 2006. These losses, which are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Impairment, facility closing, and severance charges totaled $0.1 million and $0.2 million, in 2007
and 2006, respectively. See Note 10Impairment, Facility Closing and Severance Charges.
61
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Intangible assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Goodwill, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
194,371
|
|
|
$
|
192,375
|
|
Lessaccumulated amortization
|
|
|
(2,421
|
)
|
|
|
(2,421
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
$
|
191,950
|
|
|
$
|
189,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Other Intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-amortizable intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accreditation
|
|
$
|
21,825
|
|
|
$
|
21,821
|
|
Trade names
|
|
|
14,033
|
|
|
|
14,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-amortizable intangibles
|
|
$
|
35,858
|
|
|
$
|
35,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curriculum
|
|
$
|
17,415
|
|
|
$
|
17,362
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,155
|
|
|
|
2,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable intangibles
|
|
$
|
19,570
|
|
|
$
|
19,517
|
|
Lessaccumulated amortization
|
|
|
(15,310
|
)
|
|
|
(13,788
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable intangibles, net
|
|
$
|
4,260
|
|
|
$
|
5,729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangibles, net
|
|
$
|
40,118
|
|
|
$
|
41,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended June 30, 2008, were as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
Goodwill balance as of June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
189,954
|
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill balance as of June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
191,950
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense associated with intangibles was $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million
for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Curriculum is amortized over a range of three to fifteen years. The total weighted-average amortization period for intangible assets subject to amortization is approximately three
years as of June 30, 2008. Additionally, included in intangible amortization, the Company recognized non-compete agreement expense totaling approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007
and 2006, respectively.
As of June 30, 2008, estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
1,399
|
2010
|
|
|
1,115
|
2011
|
|
|
1,097
|
2012
|
|
|
460
|
2013
|
|
|
130
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,260
|
|
|
|
|
62
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Accrued advertising
|
|
$
|
2,935
|
|
$
|
2,197
|
Accrued legal expenses
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
|
7,150
|
Other
|
|
|
2,841
|
|
|
8,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,150
|
|
$
|
17,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4Student Notes Receivable
Student notes receivable represent loans that have maturity dates that generally range between 12 months to 60 months from the loan origination date but
can have terms as long as 15 years depending on amounts borrowed. The interest charged on the notes generally ranges from 12 to 18 percent per annum and can have origination up to 6 percent. Included in the consolidated balance sheet at
June 30, 2008 is $17.0 million in notes receivable.
Note 5Business Acquisitions/Dispositions
During fiscal 2006 we completed the sale of substantially all the assets of CDIs corporate training division, CDI Education. The Company recognized
a gain of approximately $1.4 million (pre-tax) which is included within other (income) expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Effective February 29, 2008 the Company completed the sale of its 12 Canadian schools located outside the province of Ontario to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Eminata Group, for a cash payment of CAD $3.0 million. This payment
consists of the purchase price of CAD $7.4 million less preliminary negative working capital and other adjustments equal to CAD $4.4 million. This cash payment is subject to a final working capital adjustment that is in the process of being
quantified.
Effective May 1, 2008, the Company completed the sale of its WyoTech Boston campus. The transaction is subject to a final
working capital adjustment that is in the process of being quantified.
Note 6Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Credit facility obligations, with interest at 4.1% per annum
|
|
$
|
62,491
|
|
|
$
|
112,913
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
15,117
|
|
|
|
15,514
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,608
|
|
|
|
128,438
|
|
Lesscurrent portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Lesscurrent portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(428
|
)
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
77,180
|
|
|
$
|
128,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company leases certain facilities under capital leases, which require monthly lease payments
of approximately $0.2 million. The leases have interest rates ranging from 7.6% to 11.7% and expire through January 2027.
Principal
payments due under the long-term debt arrangements and future minimum lease payments under the capital lease obligations discussed above are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ending
June 30,
|
|
|
|
Capital Lease
Obligations
|
|
|
Credit Facility
Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
1,996
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
1,996
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
|
62,491
|
|
|
64,487
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,041
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
18,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,051
|
|
|
|
62,491
|
|
|
91,542
|
|
Lessportion representing interest
|
|
|
(13,934
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,934
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
|
15,117
|
|
|
|
62,491
|
|
$
|
77,608
|
|
Lesscurrent portion
|
|
|
(428
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(428
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,689
|
|
|
$
|
62,491
|
|
$
|
77,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
In June 2002, the Company entered into a credit agreement for $100.0 million with a syndication of
financial institutions administered by Bank of America, N.A that would have expired in July 2005. In August 2003, the Company amended and restated the credit facility, and increased it to $235 million, of which $185 million was a domestic facility
and $50 million was a Canadian facility that would have expired in August 2006. On June 8, 2005, the Company Amended and Restated the credit facility for a second time. On August 10, 2007, the Company executed Amendment No. 1 to its
second amended and restated credit facility dated June 8, 2005. The amendment, which was effective as of June 30, 2007, adjusted the maintenance level for the fixed charge coverage ratio. All other terms of the facility remained unchanged
including the aggregate borrowing capacity of $235 million, of which $175 million is a domestic facility and $60 million is a Canadian facility. The second amended and restated credit agreement expires in 2010. The second amended and restated credit
agreement has been established to provide available funds for acquisitions, to fund general corporate purposes, and to provide for letters of credit issuances of up to $50 million for domestic letters of credit and $20 million for Canadian letters
of credit. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at several pricing alternatives available to us, including Eurodollar and adjusted reference or base rates. The domestic base rate is defined as the higher of the Federal Funds rate plus 1/2 of
1% or the Bank of America prime rate. The Canadian base rate is defined as the higher of the average rate for 30 day Canadian Dollar bankers acceptances plus 3/4 of 1% or the Bank of America Canada prime rate. The agreement contains customary
affirmative and negative covenants including financial covenants requiring the maintenance of consolidated net worth, fixed charge coverage ratios, leverage ratios, and an ED financial responsibility composite score ratio. As of June 30, 2008,
the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants. As of June 30, 2008, the credit facility had borrowings outstanding of $62.5 million and approximately $13.0 million was used to support standby letters of credit. The second amended and
restated credit agreement is secured by the stock of our significant operating subsidiaries and it is guaranteed by our present and future significant operating subsidiaries. Average daily borrowings outstanding amounted to $31.8 million in fiscal
2008, $31.4 million in fiscal 2007 and $41.7 million in fiscal 2006.
Note 7Common Stockholders Equity
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue
500,000 shares of preferred stock. As of June 30, 2008, there were no outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Common Stock
The Companys issued and outstanding common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters.
Effective November 20, 2003, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common
stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share to a total of 120,000,000 shares.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In August 2000, the Company adopted the Corinthian Colleges, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). Under the terms of the ESPP, eligible
employees, as defined by the plan to include such criteria as length of employment, are permitted to purchase shares of common stock at a price equal to 90% of the fair market value on the first or last day, whichever is lower, of each six month
offering period. A total of 2,000,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for sale under the ESPP. At June 30, 2008, employees had purchased 495,559 shares and 1,504,441 shares were still available for purchase under the ESPP.
Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
The Company maintains the Corinthian Colleges, Inc. 1998 Performance Award Plan, as amended, (the 1998 Plan), which has been approved by the Companys stockholders. On November 20, 2003, the
Companys stockholders approved the Companys 2003 Performance Award Plan, as amended, (the 2003 Plan), which authorized the issuance by the Company of up to the sum of (a) 11,300,000 additional shares of the
Companys Common Stock, plus (b) the number of any shares subject to stock options granted under the 1998 Plan which expire or for any reason are cancelled or terminated without being exercised after the adoption of the 2003
64
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Plan, plus (c) the number of any shares subject to stock options granted under the 2004 Plan which expire or for any reason are cancelled or terminated
without being exercised after the termination of the 2004 Plan. When the 2003 Plan was approved by the Companys stockholders, the Companys ability to grant new awards under the 1998 Plan terminated, but did not affect awards then
outstanding under the 1998 Plan. On November 17, 2004, the Companys Board of Directors also approved the Companys 2004 New Hire Plan (the 2004 Plan) (the 1998 Plan, the 2003 Plan and the 2004 Plan are collectively
referred to as the Plans), which authorized the issuance of up to 265,000 additional shares of the Companys Common Stock, but only as an inducement material to the award recipients entering into employment with the Company
and only if the recipient was not previously an employee or director of the Company (or following a bona fide period of non-employment). When the 2003 Plan amendment and restatement was approved, a resolution was passed by the Board of Directors
that terminated the Companys ability to grant new awards under the 2004 Plan, but did not affect awards then outstanding under the 2004 Plan.
As of June 30, 2008, the number of stock options, stock units, stock appreciation rights or other common stock-based securities available for future grant to directors, officers, employees and other eligible persons were 4,159,602
under the 2003 Plan. Options granted under the Plans were issued at exercise prices ranging from $1.56$33.83 per share and have expiration dates not longer than 10 years. RSUs can be settled only by delivery of the Companys Common Stock.
Options and RSUs generally vest over a period of one to four years.
We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) on July 1, 2005 in accordance with the
modified-prospective-transition method and began recognizing compensation expense for stock options which vested during the year.
The fair
value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The use of an expected forfeiture rate is not required in the Black-Scholes pricing
model. Expected volatilities are based on combining and weighting implied market volatilities and the Companys historical volatility. The Company uses historical data to estimate forfeitures and years until exercise within the valuation model.
In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) the Companys estimate of forfeitures should be adjusted as actual forfeitures differ from its estimates, resulting in the recognition of compensation costs only for those awards that actually vest.
Accordingly, during the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company adjusted its estimated forfeiture rate to reflect actual experience and will continue to do so on an ongoing basis as actual forfeitures differ from its estimates. If factors change
and different assumptions are employed in the application of SFAS 123(R) in future periods, the stock-based compensation expense that the Company records may differ from what was recorded in the previous period.
The expected life of options granted represents the period of time for which the options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is
derived from the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant. The Companys policy is not to pay cash dividends on its common stock. Consequently, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option
pricing model.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2008
|
|
Risk-free rate
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Expected years until exercise
|
|
4.4 years
|
|
Expected stock volatility
|
|
41
|
%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
|
Expected forfeiture rate
|
|
9.4
|
%
|
A summary of the status of the Companys stock options is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Shares
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
|
Outstanding at July 1, 2007
|
|
9,552
|
|
|
$
|
14.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options granted during the year
|
|
2,268
|
|
|
$
|
14.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeitures or expired
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
$
|
15.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2008
|
|
10,679
|
|
|
$
|
14.46
|
|
5.1
|
|
$
|
11,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at June 30, 2008
|
|
6,671
|
|
|
$
|
15.15
|
|
4.5
|
|
$
|
10,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pretax intrinsic value,
based on the Companys closing stock price of $11.61 as of the end of fiscal 2008, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. As of the date of exercise, the total
intrinsic value of options exercised in fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $2.4 million, $2.1 million, and $3.9 million, respectively.
Pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), the weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $5.49, $5.15, and $6.66 per share, respectively.
As of June 30, 2008, there was $20.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements
granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years. The total fair value of shares vested during fiscal year 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $11.2 million, $8.4 million and $8.0 million, respectively.
During fiscal year 2008, the Company issued 551,149 shares in connection with the exercise of stock options. The stock options exercisable at
June 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were 6,671,097; 6,341,998; and 6,557,309 respectively.
During fiscal 2008, the Company granted 389,637
RSUs with a weighted average fair value of $9.22. As of June 30, 2008, there were 631,416 RSUs outstanding.
66
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Shares Reserved for Future Issuance
At June 30, 2008, the Company has reserved the following shares of its Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the issued and outstanding
shares of the ESPP and future issuances of stock options under the 2003 Plan (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Reserved for ESPP stock
|
|
1,504
|
Reserved for stock options and RSUs outstanding and available for grant
|
|
4,160
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
5,664
|
|
|
|
In fiscal 2006 the Company completed a review of its historic stock option grant practices. As a
result of the review, the Company determined that it had unrecorded non-cash equity-based compensation charges associated with certain of its historical stock option grants. The Company believes, however, that these previously unrecorded expenses
are not material to its financial statements in any of the periods to which such charges would have related and therefore, did not restate any of its historic financial statements to record such charges. The Company adopted Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the fiscal 2006 Financial Statements, (SAB 108). In accordance with the transition provisions of SAB 108, the Company
recorded the cumulative effect of the additional non-cash stock option compensation expense and employment taxes from fiscal years 2001 through 2005 as an entry to the beginning retained earnings balance at July 1, 2005.
Note 8Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the
assumed conversion of all dilutive securities, consisting of stock options and restricted stock units.
67
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The table below reflects the calculation of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
used in computing basic and diluted net income per common share restated to reflect the two for one stock splits effected in the form of a stock dividend in March 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Basic common shares outstanding
|
|
84,954
|
|
85,887
|
|
88,627
|
Effects of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock units
|
|
1,059
|
|
1,210
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted common shares outstanding
|
|
86,013
|
|
87,097
|
|
89,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On October 27, 2005, the Companys Board of Directors approved a share repurchase of up
to $70 million of the Companys common stock. From November 2005 through January 2006, the Company purchased 5,708,978 shares at a total cost of $70.0 million (an average share price of $12.26 per share). During the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2006 the shares of treasury stock were retired.
On October 31, 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved a share
repurchase of up to $50 million of the Companys common stock. From November 2006 through May 2007, the Company purchased 2,256,638 shares at a total cost of $31.4 million (an average share price of $13.90 per share).
Note 9Income Taxes
The components of the
income tax provision from continuing operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Current provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
24,881
|
|
|
$
|
7,113
|
|
|
$
|
21,888
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,399
|
|
|
|
1,731
|
|
|
|
3,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,280
|
|
|
|
8,844
|
|
|
|
24,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(11,222
|
)
|
|
|
1,469
|
|
|
|
(1,560
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(2,371
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(348
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
2,192
|
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,401
|
)
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
(958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
14,879
|
|
|
$
|
9,950
|
|
|
$
|
24,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Actual income tax provision differs from the income tax provision from continuing operations computed
by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% for fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 to income (loss) before provision for income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Provision at the statutory rate
|
|
$
|
16,710
|
|
|
$
|
9,371
|
|
|
$
|
23,279
|
|
State income tax provision, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
1,785
|
|
Change in unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State credit refund
|
|
|
(2,862
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign taxes
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,026
|
|
|
|
(637
|
)
|
|
|
(1,039
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,879
|
|
|
$
|
9,950
|
|
|
$
|
24,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the Companys deferred tax asset and liability are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
18,077
|
|
|
$
|
9,790
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
4,412
|
|
|
|
3,726
|
|
State taxes
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
Net operating loss carry forwards
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Acquisition accruals
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
Workers compensation accrual
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
1,586
|
|
Accrued rent
|
|
|
5,107
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,935
|
|
|
|
4,393
|
|
Bonus accrual
|
|
|
3,434
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
37,669
|
|
|
|
25,756
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carry forwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
727
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
1,861
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
3,459
|
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
Acquisition intangibles
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
|
|
(801
|
)
|
Capital assets
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset
|
|
|
3,660
|
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
3,190
|
|
|
|
1,415
|
|
Stock compensation cost
|
|
|
6,856
|
|
|
|
4,194
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
8,334
|
|
|
|
9,509
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
(19,122
|
)
|
|
|
(26,666
|
)
|
Acquisition intangibles
|
|
|
(13,453
|
)
|
|
|
(11,638
|
)
|
Capital assets
|
|
|
(12,080
|
)
|
|
|
(6,082
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(2,637
|
)
|
|
|
(3,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liability
|
|
|
(28,912
|
)
|
|
|
(32,339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)
|
|
$
|
12,417
|
|
|
$
|
(2,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has acquired various companies with net operating losses that may be utilized in
future years. At June 30, 2008, substantially all of the state net operating loss carry forwards had been fully utilized in tax filings. In addition, the Company has Canadian non-capital loss carryovers of approximately CAD $4.3 million with an
expiration date on June 30, 2014.
Due to continuing operating profits, the Company concluded in fiscal 2007 that it is more
likely than not that CDIs deferred tax assets would be realized. Accordingly, the Company reduced the valuation allowance on CDIs deferred tax assets by $5.3 million. As a result of the realization of acquired non-capital loss
carryovers and the change in judgment regarding CDIs valuation allowance, the Company reduced goodwill by $3.7 million during fiscal 2007. The Companys current intent is to re-invest in Canada all earnings from CDI. Accordingly, no
deferred taxes have been provided on CDIs un-remitted earnings.
69
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
The Company has tax deductible goodwill in the amount of $28.1 million as of June 30, 2008.
During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, $42.1 million, $21.5 million and $63.0 million, respectively, of the Companys income from continuing operations was generated in the United States.
Effective July 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a
more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities,
classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods and income tax disclosures. The cumulative effects of
applying this interpretation have been recorded as a decrease of $2.4 million to retained earnings, an increase of $21.1 million to the net deferred income tax asset and an increase of $23.5 million to income taxes payable as of July 1, 2007.
In conjunction with the adoption of FIN 48, we have classified uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities unless
expected to be paid in one year. We also began reporting income tax-related interest income in income tax expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. In prior periods, such interest income was reported in other income. Penalties
and tax-related interest expense are now reported as a component of income tax expense. During fiscal 2008, as a result of the settlement of an IRS examination and the filing of a tax accounting method change related to the depreciation on leasehold
improvements, the Company reversed $3.5 million of interest on uncertain tax positions. As of June 30, 2008 and July 1, 2007, the total amount of accrued income tax-related interest and penalties included in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position was $0.1 million and $3.6 million, respectively.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company settled and
closed the IRS examination related to fiscal years 2005 and 2006. The result was a tax payment of less than $0.1 million for 2005 and a refund of taxes for 2006 of $0.3 million. We were also subject to examination in various state and foreign
jurisdictions for the 2003-2006 tax years, none of which were individually material. During the second quarter, the Company settled and closed the IRS examination related to fiscal 2004 in the amount of $0.7 million, excluding accrued interest of
$0.2 million.
As of June 30, 2008 and July 1, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $3.1 million and $21.0 million,
respectively. The decrease in the unrecognized tax benefit was the result of the filing of a tax accounting method change for the depreciation of leasehold improvements and an IRS audit settlement. As of June 30, 2008 and July 1, 2007, the total
amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized is $0.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that are expected to be settled within the next twelve months is less
than $0.2 million.
The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at July 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
20,988
|
|
Decrease due to settlement of tax positions
|
|
|
(17,912
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
3,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excluding the benefit of the reversal of interest on uncertain tax positions, the Companys
effective rate from continuing operations would have been 35.9%.
Note 10Impairment, Facility Closing, and Severance Charges
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we incurred impairment, facility closing and severance charges of $6.6 million. Of that amount, approximately $4.8
million is related to a loss on student loan receivables associated with the Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia campuses. These schools were branches of the Atlanta, Georgia campus. Due to accreditation issues, the Atlanta campus was closed and placed
in discontinued operations. In addition, the company recorded lease termination costs of $0.9 million related to student housing and a severance charge of $0.9 million.
During fiscal 2007 the decision was made to consolidate additional brands as the Company continues to establish the national Everest brand. As a result of the decision, the Company reviewed the related intangible
asset of trade name for possible impairment in accordance with SFAS 142. Based on the results of the review, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $4.8 million, which primarily represented the trade name value impacted by the name change.
The company also recorded lease termination costs $1.4 related to student housing, a facility closing charge of $0.6, million related to the campus in Victoria, British Columbia, and approximately $2.9 million related to severance expense, partially
associated with the retirement of David Moore as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as an employee of the Company.
During the fourth
quarter of 2006 the Company made the decision to consolidate multiple brands. As a result of this decision, the Company reviewed the related intangible asset of trade name for possible impairment in accordance with SFAS 142. Based on the results of
the review, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $2.3 million, which represented the entire trade name value allocated to the schools impacted by the name change. The Company also recorded a facility closing charge of $1.0 million as a
result of relocating our Rancho Cucamonga, CA campuses in the fourth quarter of 2006 and recorded a severance charge of $0.9 million.
The
components of the charges and the related balance sheet accounts for fiscal year 2008 and 2007 were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill &
Intangible
Asset
Impairment
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
Write-offs
|
|
Receivables
Write-off
|
|
|
Severance
and
Benefits
|
|
|
Facility
Related
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
838
|
|
|
$
|
3,643
|
|
|
$
|
4,481
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
4,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
1,983
|
|
|
|
9,712
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
93
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,449
|
)
|
|
|
(1,927
|
)
|
|
|
(5,376
|
)
|
Asset writedowns
|
|
|
(4,807
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,807
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
|
|
4,103
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,800
|
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
6,603
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,117
|
)
|
|
|
(2,329
|
)
|
|
|
(3,446
|
)
|
Asset writedowns
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
209
|
|
|
$
|
2,041
|
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Note 11Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases most of its operating facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2027. In most cases, the facility leases require the Company to pay various operating expenses of the facilities in addition to base monthly lease payments. In certain cases, the
Company has renewable options and or leases containing ordinary rental escalations on the space. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows for the twelve months ending June 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Leases
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
2009
|
|
$
|
78,937
|
2010
|
|
|
73,047
|
2011
|
|
|
68,102
|
2012
|
|
|
58,091
|
2013
|
|
|
49,771
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
198,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
526,339
|
|
|
|
|
Lease expense (facility and equipment) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and
2006 amounted to $66.3 million, $62.5 million and $62.9 million, respectively, and is reflected in educational services and general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Legal Matters
In the ordinary conduct of its
business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to lawsuits, demands in arbitration, investigations and other claims, including, but not limited to, lawsuits and claims involving current and former students and employment-related matters. In
some of the lawsuits and arbitrations pending against the Company, plaintiffs seek certification of the matter as a class action in order to represent all other similarly-situated persons. None of the matters currently pending against
the Company in which plaintiffs seek class certification have yet been certified as a class action. When the Company is aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will
result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim
if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. There can be no assurance that the ultimate outcome of any of the matters disclosed below will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition or results of operations.
On March 8, 2004, the Company was served with two virtually identical putative class action
complaints entitled
Travis v. Rhodes Colleges, Inc., Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Florida Metropolitan University,
and Satz v. Rhodes Colleges, Inc., Corinthian Colleges
, Inc., and Florida Metropolitan University
. Additionally, on
April 15, 2005, the Company received another complaint entitled
Alan Alvarez, et al. v. Rhodes Colleges, Inc., Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Florida Metropolitan University, Inc.
The
Alvarez
first amended and supplemental complaint
named ninety-nine plaintiffs. Additionally, the court in the
Alvarez
case granted the plaintiffs motion to add an additional seven plaintiffs to the first amended and supplemental complaint. The named plaintiffs in these lawsuits are
current and former students in the Companys Florida Metropolitan University (FMU) campuses, now known as Everest University, in Florida and online. The plaintiffs allege that FMU concealed the fact that it is not accredited by the
Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools and that FMU credits are not transferable to other institutions. The
Satz
and
Travis
plaintiffs seek recovery of compensatory damages and attorneys fees
under common law and Floridas Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act for themselves and all similarly situated people. The
Alvarez
plaintiffs seek damages on behalf of themselves under common law and Floridas Deceptive and
Unfair Trade Practices Act. The arbitrator in the
Satz
case found for the Company on all counts in an award on the Companys motion to dismiss.
Additionally, the Company affirmatively filed arbitration actions against Ms. Travis and approximately ninety of the
Alvarez
plaintiffs seeking damages for their respective breaches of their obligations to file
in arbitration rather than in court, and seeking declaratory relief regarding their allegations. The arbitrator ruled against the Company in its affirmative claims against Ms. Travis, and the individual
Alvarez
arbitrations are pending. The
Company has also prevailed on its motions in court to dismiss the court actions and compel arbitration in both the
Alvarez
and
Travis
matters. Ms. Travis has filed a motion to certify a class in her arbitration proceeding on behalf of
all similarly situated persons, and the Company has opposed that motion. The Company believes the plaintiffs claims in all of these matters are without merit and will vigorously defend itself, Rhodes Colleges, Inc., and FMU against these
allegations.
From July 8, 2004 through August 31, 2004, various putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District
Court for the Central District of California by certain alleged purchasers of the Companys common stock against the Company and certain of its former executive officers, David Moore, Dennis Beal, Paul St. Pierre and Anthony Digiovanni. On
November 5, 2004, a lead plaintiff was chosen and these cases were consolidated into one action. A first consolidated amended complaint was filed in
71
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
February 2005. The consolidated case is purportedly brought on behalf of all persons who acquired shares of the
Companys common stock during a specified class period from August 27, 2003 through July 30, 2004. The consolidated complaint alleges that, in violation of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act) and Rule
10b-5 promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the defendants made certain material misrepresentations and failed to disclose certain material facts about the condition of the Companys business and prospects during the
putative class period, causing the plaintiffs to purchase the Companys common stock at artificially inflated prices. The plaintiffs further claim that Messrs. Moore, Beal, St. Pierre and Digiovanni are liable under Section 20(a) of the Act.
The plaintiffs seek unspecified amounts in damages, interest, and costs, as well as other relief. On April 24, 2006, the U.S. District Court granted the Companys motion to dismiss the plaintiffs third consolidated amended complaint with
prejudice. The plaintiff appealed the dismissal to the Federal Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. On July 25, 2008, the Ninth Circuit unanimously affirmed the District Courts dismissal. The plaintiffs may seek a rehearing from the panel, an en
banc review by the Ninth Circuit, or review by the United States Supreme Court through a petition for writ of certiorari. The Company believes this matter is without merit and will continue to vigorously defend itself and its former officers in this
matter.
Between July 21, 2004 and July 23, 2004, two derivative actions captioned
Collet, Derivatively on behalf of Corinthian
Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.,
and
Davila, Derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.
, were filed in the Orange County California Superior Court against David Moore, Dennis Beal, Dennis Devereux,
Beth Wilson, Mary Barry, Stan Mortensen, Bruce Deyong, Loyal Wilson, Jack Massimino, Linda Skladany, Paul St. Pierre, Michael Berry, and Anthony Digiovanni, and against the Company as a nominal defendant. Each individual defendant is one of the
Companys current or former officers and/or directors. The lawsuits allege breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and violations of the California corporations code,
essentially based on the same allegations of conduct complained of in the initial federal securities class action complaints. The
Collet
and
Davila
cases have now been consolidated into one action. A memorandum of understanding was
executed by the parties resolving the
Collet
and
Davila
cases, pending court approval, for an immaterial amount of attorneys fees to be paid by the Companys directors and officers insurance carrier to the
plaintiffs lawyers, and with the Company agreeing to certain corporate governance matters.
On August 2, 2006, the Company was served
with two virtually identical derivative complaints captioned
Adolf, Derivatively on behalf of nominal defendant Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.
, and,
Gunkel, Derivatively on behalf of nominal defendant Corinthian
Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al
. The complaints were filed in the Orange County California Superior Court against David Moore, Paul St. Pierre, Frank McCord, Dennis Devereux, Beth Wilson, Dennis Beal, Jack Massimino, Linda Skladany, and
Hank Adler. Each individual defendant is one of the Companys current or former officers and/or directors. The lawsuits allege breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment by the individual defendants related to the Companys past option
grant practices. Three other similar derivative actions were filed in Federal District Court for the Central District of California, one entitled
Pfeiffer, derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.
, the
second entitled
M. Alvin Edwards, III, derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges, Inc., v. David Moore, et al.
and the third entitled
Lori Close, derivatively on behalf of Corinthian Colleges Inc., v. David Moore et al.
The federal
cases allege violation of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, violation of the California Corporations Code, unjust enrichment and return of unearned compensation, and breach of fiduciary duties, based on similar factual allegations to the
Adolph
and
Gunkel
cases. The
Pfeiffer
case is filed against the same defendants as the two state court cases. The
Close
and
Edwards
cases name the following individual defendants, all of whom are current and former
directors and officers of the Company: Dave Moore, Jack Massimino, Ken Ord, William Murtagh, William Buchanan, Robert Owen, Stan Mortensen, Mark Pelesh, Mary Barry, Beth Wilson, Dennis Devereux, Paul St. Pierre, Alice Kane, Terry Hartshorn, Linda
Skladany, Hank Adler, Loyal Wilson and Mike Berry. The federal derivative actions have since been consolidated in federal court; the state derivative actions have also been consolidated in state court. The parties are currently in settlement
negotiations attempting to resolve these lawsuits.
On October 3, 2007, the Company was notified that a
qui tam
action had
been filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by a former employee (the relator) on behalf of
72
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
himself and the federal government. The case is captioned
United States of America, ex rel. Steven Fuhr v.
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
The
qui tam
action alleges violations of the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729-33, by the Company for allegedly causing false claims to be paid, or allegedly using false statements to get claims paid or
approved by the federal government, because of alleged Company violations of the Higher Education Act (the HEA) regarding the manner in which admissions personnel are compensated. The federal government has the right to intervene in, or
take over,
a qui tam
action. If the government declines to intervene, the relator may elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and, if he is successful, receive a portion of the federal governments recovery.
The Company has also been informed that two other
qui tam
actions have been filed against the Company regarding alleged violations of the incentive compensation prohibitions in the HEA; both of these lawsuits remain under seal. The Company
believes its compensation practices regarding admissions personnel have been in compliance with applicable law and in
tends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.
On October 17, 2007, the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department of Education, assisted by other federal and local authorities,
served a search warrant at the Companys National School of Technology campus in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. The search warrant sought a broad range of documents and records. The Company provided documents in response to the search warrant and is
cooperating with the governments investigation.
On November 14, 2007, the Company was served with a putative class action complaint
filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California captioned
Hardwick, et al. v. Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
The plaintiff is a former instructor at the Companys Merrionette Park, Illinois campus. Her
complaint seeks certification of a class composed of all campus instructors nationwide, alleging wage and hour violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as well as a class of Illinois instructors alleging violations of the Illinois Wage Payment
and Collection Act and Illinois Eight-Hour Work Day Act. The complaint seeks monetary damages, declaratory and injunctive relief and attorneys fees. The Company believes the complaint is without merit and intends to vigorously defend
itself against these allegations.
The Company was notified that on December 31, 2007, a putative class action complaint entitled
Leask
v. Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and Corinthian Schools, Inc., et al.
, was filed in the Santa Clara, California Superior Court. Plaintiffs are a former medical assisting student from the Companys Everest College (formerly Bryman College)
campus in San Jose and her mother. The complaint alleges violations of the California Education Code and of Californias Business and Professions Code Section 17200 related to allegedly missing or inadequate student disclosures and seeks
declaratory and injunctive relief, attorneys fees, and an unspecified amount of damages. Additionally, the complaint seeks to certify a class composed of all medical assisting students in California over the last four years. The Company
believes the complaint is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations.
On May 28, 2008, a putative
class action demand in arbitration captioned
Rivera v. Sequoia Education, Inc. and Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
was filed with the American Arbitration Association. The plaintiffs are nine current or former HVAC students from the Companys
WyoTech Fremont and WyoTech Oakland campuses. The arbitration demand alleges violations of Californias Business and Professions Code Sections 17200 and 17500, fraud and intentional deceit, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract and
unjust enrichment / restitution, all related to alleged deficiencies and misrepresentations regarding the HVAC program at these two campuses. The plaintiffs seek to certify a class composed of all HVAC students in the Companys WyoTech Fremont
and WyoTech Oakland campuses over the past four years, and seek recovery of compensatory and punitive damages, interest, restitution and attorneys fees and costs. The Company believes the complaint is without merit and intends to vigorously
defend itself against these allegations.
In addition to the legal proceedings and other matters described above, the Company is or may
become a party to pending or threatened lawsuits related primarily to services currently or formerly performed by the Company. Such cases and claims raise difficult and complex factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties and
complexities, including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case or claim, the jurisdiction in which each suit is brought, and differences in applicable law.
As of June 30, 2008, the Company had established aggregate reserves of approximately $1.4 million for all of the matters disclosed above, as well as for
those additional matters where the liabilities are probable and losses estimable but for which the Company does not believe the matters are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Company. The Company regularly evaluates the
reasonableness of its accruals and makes any adjustments considered necessary. Due to the uncertainty of the outcome of litigation and claims, the Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate of the upper end of the range of potential liability
for these matters. Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, the Company may incur charges in excess of presently established reserves. While any such charge could have a material adverse impact on the Companys results of operations in the
period in which it is recorded or paid, management does not believe that any such charge would have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position or liquidity.
Note 12Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has established an employee savings plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Plan). Employees classified as regular status as defined and who are regularly scheduled to work at least 30 hours per week (20 hours per week for instructors) are eligible to
participate in the Plan beginning the first of the month following one month of employment. Company contributions begin the first of the month following 12 months of employment and 1,000 hours worked. Contributions to the
73
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
plan by the Company are discretionary. The plan provides for vesting of Company contributions over a five-year period from the date of employment. Company
contributions to the plan were approximately $3.6 million, $3.0 million and $2.4 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Note 13Governmental Regulation
The Company and each institution are subject to extensive
regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, HEA, and the regulations promulgated thereunder by ED subject the institutions to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that
schools must satisfy in order to participate in the various federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the HEA.
To
participate in the Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agencies of the state in which it is located, accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the ED and certified as
eligible by the ED. The ED will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV Programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and the EDs extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An
institution must also demonstrate its compliance to the ED on an ongoing basis. As of June 30, 2008, management believes the Companys institutions were in compliance with the applicable regulations in all material respects.
From time to time, certain of our institutions have also been the subject of program reviews by the ED. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the
first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Companys campuses in Fremont, California, Reseda, California, Tampa, Florida (including its additional locations in Orange Park and Brandon, Florida) and Gardena, California, and its online operations in
Tampa, Florida and Tempe, Arizona, were the subject of ED program reviews. We have not yet received preliminary written program review reports regarding EDs findings, if any, in these campuses, and the Company is continuing to cooperate with
these reviews. Program reviews may often be unresolved for several months or years with little or no communication from the ED. We do not believe that any of our currently pending program reviews with the ED is reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
The HEA requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institutions operations in order
to ensure that the training offered is of sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation or Show Cause orders, or the requirements of
periodic reports, and ultimately the loss of accreditation if deficiencies are not remediated.
In a letter received from ACCSCT dated
December 7, 2007, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in North Aurora, Illinois. In a letter from ABHES dated December 18, 2007, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our campus in
Atlanta, Georgia, and its branches in Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia. The Company has transitioned the Marietta and Jonesboro, Georgia, campuses from branches of our Atlanta, Georgia, campus to branches of other main campuses that currently do not
have any regulatory or accreditation matters, and has taught out the campus in Atlanta, Georgia as of June 30, 2008. The show cause order regarding Atlanta and its branch campuses was subsequently vacated by ABHES. In a letter from ACCSCT dated
March 7, 2008, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in Alhambra, CA. In a letter from ACCSCT dated August 14, 2008, the Company was informed that the show cause action regarding Everest College in Alhambra,
CA had been vacated. In another letter from ACCSCT dated March 7, 2008, the Company was informed of a show cause action regarding our Everest College in San Jose, CA. With respect to the schools identified above which have outstanding Show Cause
orders, each of these locations represented less than 1.4% of our campuses fiscal 2008 operating profit (before corporate overhead allocation) individually, and less than 1.5% in aggregate.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the Title IV Programs. Congress must reauthorize the student financial assistance programs of the
HEA approximately every five to six years, and the last reauthorization took place in 2008.
A significant component of Congress
initiative to reduce abuse in the Title IV Programs has been the imposition of limitations on institutions whose former students default on the repayment of their federally guaranteed or funded student loans above specific rates (cohort default
rate). Although the Company is not obligated to repay any of its students or former students defaults on payments of federally guaranteed student loans, if such default rates equal or exceed 25% for three consecutive years, the institution may lose
participation eligibility in the guaranteed loan program and its students will be denied access to the federally guaranteed student loan programs. An institution whose cohort default rate under certain Title IV Programs for any federal fiscal year
exceeds 40% may have its eligibility to participate in all of the Title IV Programs limited, suspended or terminated by the ED.
All
institutions participating in the Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The ED evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institutions annual audited financial
statements and following a change of ownership of the institution.
The ED calculates the institutions composite score for financial
responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions ability to support current
operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit. An institution that does not meet the EDs minimum composite score may demonstrate its financial
responsibility by posting a letter of credit in favor of the ED in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its prior fiscal year and possibly accepting other conditions on its participation in
the Title IV Programs. At June 30, 2008, all of the Companys U.S. institutions and the Company on a consolidated basis satisfied each of the EDs standards of financial responsibility.
For fiscal 2008, our calculations reflect that all of our schools exceed the requirements for financial responsibility on an individual basis, with
composite scores ranging from 1.5 to 3.0. For purposes of performing such calculations on an individual school basis, the Company makes certain allocations of corporate cash to the individual campuses. Also, our Company, on a consolidated basis,
meets the requirements with the composite score of 2.0.
As required for regulatory reporting with ED, for fiscal 2008, approximately 81.0%
of our revenues (on a cash basis) were derived from federal Title IV programs. For fiscal 2008 the company had $707.0 million of Title IV cash receipts and $166.0 of Non-Title IV cash receipts.
As of June 30, 2008, nineteen of our colleges were placed on reporting to their respective accrediting agencies, primarily with respect to the
completion, retention, and/or placement rates of their students. In certain of these cases, the periodic supplemental reports are required only with respect to particular programs at an institution, and not to the institutions overall
completion or placement rates. We are working to improve these retention and placement rates in the identified programs at these schools.
Because the Company operates in a highly regulated industry, it, like other industry participants, may be subject from time to time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which
allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions, or common law causes of action.
74
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
There can be no assurance that other regulatory agencies or third parties will not undertake
investigations or make claims against the Company, or that such claims, if made, will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys business, results of operations or financial condition.
75
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Note 14Selected Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarters
|
|
|
Fiscal
Year
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Fiscal 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues (2)
|
|
$
|
244,467
|
|
|
$
|
270,253
|
|
|
$
|
279,918
|
|
|
$
|
274,033
|
|
|
$
|
1,068,671
|
|
Income from continuing operations (2)
|
|
|
4,319
|
|
|
|
9,527
|
|
|
|
14,255
|
|
|
|
4,764
|
|
|
|
32,865
|
|
(Loss) Income from discontinued operations (2)
|
|
|
(2,366
|
)
|
|
|
(1,415
|
)
|
|
|
(2,433
|
)
|
|
|
(5,384
|
)
|
|
|
(11,598
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
8,112
|
|
|
|
11,822
|
|
|
|
(620
|
)
|
|
|
21,267
|
|
Income per share (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
Fiscal 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues (2)
|
|
$
|
218,514
|
|
|
$
|
231,529
|
|
|
$
|
237,552
|
|
|
$
|
231,629
|
|
|
$
|
919,224
|
|
Income from continuing operations (2)
|
|
|
2,640
|
|
|
|
3,446
|
|
|
|
12,832
|
|
|
|
(2,091
|
)
|
|
|
16,827
|
|
(Loss) Income from discontinued operations (2)
|
|
|
(1,240
|
)
|
|
|
(863
|
)
|
|
|
(827
|
)
|
|
|
(6,665
|
)
|
|
|
(9,595
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,400
|
|
|
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
12,005
|
|
|
|
(8,756
|
)
|
|
|
7,232
|
|
Income per share (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.10
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.10
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
Fiscal 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues (2)
|
|
$
|
222,421
|
|
|
$
|
229,599
|
|
|
$
|
234,600
|
|
|
$
|
221,195
|
|
|
$
|
907,815
|
|
Income from continuing operations (2)
|
|
|
7,880
|
|
|
|
11,236
|
|
|
|
14,771
|
|
|
|
8,598
|
|
|
|
42,485
|
|
(Loss) Income from discontinued operations (2)
|
|
|
(502
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
(1,003
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
7,378
|
|
|
|
10,723
|
|
|
|
14,659
|
|
|
|
8,722
|
|
|
|
41,482
|
|
Income per share (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.46
|
|
(1)
|
Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated independently for each of the quarters presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share may not agree with the
annual earnings per share amount for the corresponding year.
|
(2)
|
Amounts prior to fourth quarter of 2008 reflected in the table above differ from previously filed quarterly reports. During the fourth quarter of 2008 we began to classify the
results of operations related to specific campuses closed or held for sale as discontinued operations. See Note 2 Discontinued Operations of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our discontinued
operations.
|
Note 15Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
|
|
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
Balance at
End of
Year
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
19,464
|
|
$
|
46,427
|
|
|
$
|
(48,592
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,299
|
Year ended June 30, 2007
|
|
|
17,299
|
|
|
50,980
|
|
|
|
(45,558
|
)
|
|
|
22,721
|
Year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
22,721
|
|
|
68,347
|
|
|
|
(51,759
|
)
|
|
|
39,309
|
Student notes receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended June 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
1,947
|
|
$
|
(149
|
)
|
|
$
|
445
|
|
|
$
|
2,243
|
Year ended June 30, 2007
|
|
|
2,243
|
|
|
1,627
|
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
|
|
3,450
|
Year ended June 30, 2008
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
9,060
|
76
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and
Procedures
We carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), as of the end of the period covered by this report and concluded that those controls and
procedures were effective.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
based on the framework in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework
, our
management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2008. The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial
Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended June 30, 2008 that have
materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
It should be noted that
any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system will be met. In addition, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there is only the reasonable assurance that our controls will succeed in achieving their goals under all potential future
conditions.
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER INFORMATION
|
None.
77
PART III
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
Directors and Executive Officers
Certain information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the
Companys definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after June 30, 2008. Information regarding executive officers of the
Company is set forth under the caption Executive Officers of the Registrant in Item 1 hereof.
Corporate Governance
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers and senior financial officers (including our chief executive officer, chief
financial officer, chief accounting officer, and any person performing similar functions). This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at
http://www.cci.edu
under the heading Investor Relations.
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
|
Information in response to
this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the Companys definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after June 30,
2008.
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the Companys definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after June 30, 2008.
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
|
Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference from the Companys definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission not later than 120 days after June 30, 2008.
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
Information
required to be furnished by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation S-K will be included in the Companys 2008 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not
later than 120 days after June 30, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
78
PART IV
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
The
following documents are filed as part of this Report:
1. Financial Statements
The required financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company and its subsidiaries are included in Part II, Item 8, of this Form
10-K. All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require the submission of such schedules, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial
statements or the notes thereto.
3. Exhibits:
The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed as part of this annual report.
79
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC.
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
Incorporation
Reference
|
3.1+
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
3.2+
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
10.52+
|
|
1998 Performance Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
10.53+
|
|
Executive Deferral Plan of the Company
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
10.54+
|
|
Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
10.55+
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement issued to executive officers under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
10.56+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement issued to executive officers under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
|
10.57+
|
|
2004 New-Hire Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
|
10.58+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement under the 2004 New-Hire Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
10.59+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2004 New-Hire Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
10.60+
|
|
Amendment 2005-1 to the 2004 New-Hire Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(k)
|
|
|
|
10.61+
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2005, among the Company, Corinthian Canada Acquisition, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Domestic Administrative Agent, Domestic
Swing Line Lender and Domestic L/C Issuer, Bank of America, N.A., acting through its Canada Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, Canadian Swing Line Lender and Canadian L/C Issuer, Union Bank of California, N.A., as Syndication Agent, U.S. Bank
National Association and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents, each Lender from time to time party thereto, and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager
|
|
(l)
|
|
|
|
10.61.1+
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2007, among the Company, CDI Career Development Institutes Ltd., the Lenders from time to time party
thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Domestic Administrative Agent, Domestic L/C Issuer and Domestic Swing Line Lender, Bank of America, N.A., acting through its Canadian Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, Canadian L/C Issuer and Canadian Swing
Line Lender, and certain other agents
|
|
(m)
|
|
|
|
10.62+
|
|
Form of Lock-Up Agreement between the Company and each of the officers of the Company with the title of Division President, Vice President, Senior Vice President, Executive Vice President, Chief
Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board, each entered into as of June 30, 2005
|
|
(n)
|
|
|
|
10.63+
|
|
Description of Verbal Arrangements with Non-Employee Members of the Companys Board of Directors
|
|
(o)
|
|
|
|
10.64+
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement Amendment between the Company and each of its Directors
|
|
(p)
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
Incorporation
Reference
|
|
|
|
10.65+
|
|
2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company, as amended and restated
|
|
(q)
|
|
|
|
10.66+
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued to certain executive officers under the 2003 Performance Award Plan
|
|
(r)
|
|
|
|
10.67+
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement amended and restated as of August 21, 2007, by and between the Company and Jack D. Massimino
|
|
(s)
|
|
|
|
10.68+
|
|
Form of performance-related Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement to be entered into between the Company and Jack D. Massimino under the 2003 Performance Award Plan
|
|
(t)
|
|
|
|
10.69+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(u)
|
|
|
|
10.70+
|
|
Form of Director Stock Unit Award Notice under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
|
10.71+
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement amended and restated as of March 17, 2008, by and between the Company and each of Peter Waller, Kenneth Ord, Beth Wilson and Mark Pelesh
|
|
(w)
|
|
|
|
10.72+
|
|
Form of Campus Support Center Bonus Plan under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company by and between the Company and certain of its executive officers
|
|
(x)
|
|
|
|
10.73+
|
|
Form of Executive Bonus Plan Schedule under the 2003 Performance Award Plan of the Company by and between the Company and certain of its executive officers
|
|
(y)
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see signature page)
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
+
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in the following table:
|
(a)
|
Incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Companys Proxy Statement (Commission File No. 000-25283) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section
14(a) of the Exchange Act on December 15, 2006.
|
(b)
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2008.
|
(c)
|
Incorporated by reference to the like-numbered exhibit of the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-59505), as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on July 21, 1998.
|
(d)
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Companys Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 3, 2004.
|
(e)
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 11, 2004.
|
(f)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 11, 2004.
|
81
(g)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 11, 2004.
|
(h)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2004.
|
(i)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2004.
|
(j)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2004.
|
(k)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2005.
|
(l)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2005.
|
(m)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 16, 2007.
|
(n)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2005.
|
(o)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2008.
|
(p)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2005.
|
(q)
|
Incorporated by Reference as Appendix A to the Companys Proxy Statement (Commission File No. 000-25283) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section
14(a) of the Exchange Act on October 14, 2005.
|
(r)
|
Incorporated by Reference to the like-numbered exhibit of the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 28, 2006.
|
(s)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2007.
|
(t)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2007.
|
(u)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.75 of the Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 29, 2007.
|
(v)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2008.
|
(w)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2008.
|
(x)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2008.
|
(y)
|
Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2008.
|
82
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
CORINTHIAN COLLEGES, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J
ACK
D. M
ASSIMINO
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ K
ENNETH
S. O
RD
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ R
OBERT
C. O
WEN
|
|
|
Jack D. Massimino
Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
August 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
Kenneth S. Ord
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
August 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
Robert C. Owen
Senior Vice President and Chief
Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
August 26, 2008
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Jack D. Massimino and Kenneth S. Ord, or either of them, as
attorneys-in-fact and agents to execute and file with the applicable regulatory authorities any amendment to this report on his or her behalf individually and in each capacity stated below.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ J
ACK
D.
M
ASSIMINO
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board
|
|
August 26, 2008
|
Jack D. Massimino
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ P
AUL
S
T
. P
IERRE
|
|
Director
|
|
August 27, 2008
|
Paul St. Pierre
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ L
INDA
A
REY
S
KLADANY
|
|
Director
|
|
August 27, 2008
|
Linda Arey Skladany
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ H
ANK
A
DLER
|
|
Director
|
|
August 27, 2008
|
Hank Adler
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ R
OBERT
L
EE
|
|
Director
|
|
August 27, 2008
|
Robert Lee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ T
IM
S
ULLIVAN
|
|
Director
|
|
August 27, 2008
|
Tim Sullivan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J
OHN
D
IONISIO
|
|
Director
|
|
August 27, 2008
|
John Dionisio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ P
ETER
W
ALLER
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer, Director
|
|
August 26, 2008
|
Peter Waller
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Alice T. Kane
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lead Independent Director
|
|
|
Terry O. Hartshorn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Leon Panetta
|
|
|
|
|
83
Vita Coco (NASDAQ:COCO)
Graphique Historique de l'Action
De Juil 2024 à Août 2024
Vita Coco (NASDAQ:COCO)
Graphique Historique de l'Action
De Août 2023 à Août 2024